US20200283605A9 - Dilution index - Google Patents
Dilution index Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20200283605A9 US20200283605A9 US16/385,211 US201916385211A US2020283605A9 US 20200283605 A9 US20200283605 A9 US 20200283605A9 US 201916385211 A US201916385211 A US 201916385211A US 2020283605 A9 US2020283605 A9 US 2020283605A9
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- ethylene interpolymer
- cases
- ethylene
- metal
- catalyst
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 28
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 28
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 641
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 539
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 212
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 208
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 159
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 130
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 130
- 239000002638 heterogeneous catalyst Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 121
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 112
- 239000004711 α-olefin Substances 0.000 claims description 70
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 claims description 58
- 238000010528 free radical solution polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 38
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- KWKAKUADMBZCLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-octene Chemical compound CCCCCCC=C KWKAKUADMBZCLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 12
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Octanol Natural products CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 8
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- LIKMAJRDDDTEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexene Chemical compound CCCCC=C LIKMAJRDDDTEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052762 osmium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N osmium atom Chemical compound [Os] SYQBFIAQOQZEGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052702 rhenium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhenium atom Chemical compound [Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052713 technetium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N technetium atom Chemical compound [Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- LEONUFNNVUYDNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium atom Chemical compound [V] LEONUFNNVUYDNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- AQZWEFBJYQSQEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyloxaluminane Chemical group C[Al]1CCCCO1 AQZWEFBJYQSQEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000002815 homogeneous catalyst Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 28
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 abstract description 23
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 abstract description 23
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 abstract description 22
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 160
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 115
- -1 polyethylenes Polymers 0.000 description 94
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 94
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 78
- 239000011954 Ziegler–Natta catalyst Substances 0.000 description 65
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 63
- 239000003426 co-catalyst Substances 0.000 description 48
- 125000005234 alkyl aluminium group Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 35
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 33
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 31
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 31
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 30
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 29
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 29
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 26
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 26
- 150000002681 magnesium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 22
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 19
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 15
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 12
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 102000051619 SUMO-1 Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108700038981 SUMO-1 Proteins 0.000 description 9
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 9
- BDLWRIAFNYVGTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis(2-chloroethyl)amino]ethyl 3-(acridin-9-ylamino)propanoate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(NCCC(=O)OCCN(CCCl)CCCl)=C(C=CC=C3)C3=NC2=C1 BDLWRIAFNYVGTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl pentane Natural products CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 8
- PBKONEOXTCPAFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 PBKONEOXTCPAFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000005033 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrachloride Chemical compound Cl[Ti](Cl)(Cl)Cl XJDNKRIXUMDJCW-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 7
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical group [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 6
- 238000003947 neutron activation analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- AFABGHUZZDYHJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Methylpentane Chemical compound CCCC(C)C AFABGHUZZDYHJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 5
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-O diazynium Chemical compound [NH+]#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 5
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- GCPCLEKQVMKXJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxy(diethyl)alumane Chemical compound CCO[Al](CC)CC GCPCLEKQVMKXJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- CPOFMOWDMVWCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl(oxo)alumane Chemical group C[Al]=O CPOFMOWDMVWCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000013074 reference sample Substances 0.000 description 5
- VOITXYVAKOUIBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylaluminium Chemical compound CC[Al](CC)CC VOITXYVAKOUIBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GWHJZXXIDMPWGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4-trimethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=C1 GWHJZXXIDMPWGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BVUXDWXKPROUDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol Chemical compound CCC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 BVUXDWXKPROUDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QLNAVQRIWDRPHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N iminophosphane Chemical compound P=N QLNAVQRIWDRPHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SSDSCDGVMJFTEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecyl 3-(3,5-ditert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 SSDSCDGVMJFTEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 239000002574 poison Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000614 poison Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000000518 rheometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920006300 shrink film Polymers 0.000 description 4
- NBRKLOOSMBRFMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)Cl NBRKLOOSMBRFMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-O tributylazanium Chemical compound CCCC[NH+](CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 4
- QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon disulfide Chemical compound S=C=S QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000026 Pentaerythritol tetranitrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- JKIJEFPNVSHHEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol, 2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-, phosphite (3:1) Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OP(OC=1C(=CC(=CC=1)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)OC1=CC=C(C(C)(C)C)C=C1C(C)(C)C JKIJEFPNVSHHEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 3
- HEAMQYHBJQWOSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene;oct-1-ene Chemical compound C=C.CCCCCCC=C HEAMQYHBJQWOSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001684 low density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004702 low-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920006280 packaging film Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- UOHMMEJUHBCKEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N prehnitene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)C(C)=C1C UOHMMEJUHBCKEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002516 radical scavenger Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- OLFPYUPGPBITMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tritylium Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1[C+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 OLFPYUPGPBITMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FYGHSUNMUKGBRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1C FYGHSUNMUKGBRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Butene Chemical compound CCC=C VXNZUUAINFGPBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000041 C6-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-IGMARMGPSA-N Protium Chemical compound [1H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 2
- BGYHLZZASRKEJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[3-(3,5-ditert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyloxy]-2,2-bis[3-(3,5-ditert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoyloxymethyl]propyl] 3-(3,5-ditert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(CCC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)CCC=2C=C(C(O)=C(C=2)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)(COC(=O)CCC=2C=C(C(O)=C(C=2)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)COC(=O)CCC=2C=C(C(O)=C(C=2)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)=C1 BGYHLZZASRKEJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N azulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001845 chromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001143 conditioned effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000000058 cyclopentadienyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-O dimethyl(phenyl)azanium Chemical compound C[NH+](C)C1=CC=CC=C1 JLTDJTHDQAWBAV-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N endo-cyclopentadiene Natural products C1C=CC=C1 ZSWFCLXCOIISFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000084 gamma-ray spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012760 heat stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920001903 high density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004700 high-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- KJJBSBKRXUVBMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;butane Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCC[CH2-].CCC[CH2-] KJJBSBKRXUVBMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YHNWUQFTJNJVNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;butane;ethane Chemical compound [Mg+2].[CH2-]C.CCC[CH2-] YHNWUQFTJNJVNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001179 medium density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004701 medium-density polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- UAEPNZWRGJTJPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylcyclohexane Chemical compound CC1CCCCC1 UAEPNZWRGJTJPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012785 packaging film Substances 0.000 description 2
- YWAKXRMUMFPDSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentene Chemical compound CCCC=C YWAKXRMUMFPDSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-O phenylazanium Chemical compound [NH3+]C1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 150000003003 phosphines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005606 polypropylene copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 2
- OLRJXMHANKMLTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silyl Chemical compound [SiH3] OLRJXMHANKMLTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920006302 stretch film Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012353 t test Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZWYDDDAMNQQZHD-UHFFFAOYSA-L titanium(ii) chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ti+2] ZWYDDDAMNQQZHD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229920001862 ultra low molecular weight polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000000008 (C1-C10) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WZEYZMKZKQPXSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-trimethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1.CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1 WZEYZMKZKQPXSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPSVMMKHVNWAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1.CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1 SPSVMMKHVNWAFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIMVMYXUGWSJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 FIMVMYXUGWSJKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CORHDXNAYKUXRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-cyclopenta[12]annulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC2=C1CC=C2 CORHDXNAYKUXRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNCIXFRSNPPDBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-ditert-butyl-6-ethylphenol Chemical compound CCC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C1O BNCIXFRSNPPDBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WNEODWDFDXWOLU-QHCPKHFHSA-N 3-[3-(hydroxymethyl)-4-[1-methyl-5-[[5-[(2s)-2-methyl-4-(oxetan-3-yl)piperazin-1-yl]pyridin-2-yl]amino]-6-oxopyridin-3-yl]pyridin-2-yl]-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,6,8-tetrahydrocyclopenta[3,4]pyrrolo[3,5-b]pyrazin-4-one Chemical compound C([C@@H](N(CC1)C=2C=NC(NC=3C(N(C)C=C(C=3)C=3C(=C(N4C(C5=CC=6CC(C)(C)CC=6N5CC4)=O)N=CC=3)CO)=O)=CC=2)C)N1C1COC1 WNEODWDFDXWOLU-QHCPKHFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDWVSAYEQPLWMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Methylenebis(2,6-di-tert-butylphenol) Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=CC(CC=2C=C(C(O)=C(C=2)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)=C1 MDWVSAYEQPLWMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSAWBBYYMBQKIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[[3,5-bis[(3,5-ditert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-2,4,6-trimethylphenyl]methyl]-2,6-ditert-butylphenol Chemical compound CC1=C(CC=2C=C(C(O)=C(C=2)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)C(C)=C(CC=2C=C(C(O)=C(C=2)C(C)(C)C)C(C)(C)C)C(C)=C1CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 VSAWBBYYMBQKIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQRONKZLYKUEMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-1-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)pent-4-en-2-one Chemical group CC(=C)CC(=O)Cc1c(C)cc(C)cc1C UQRONKZLYKUEMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003855 Adhesive Lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004604 Blowing Agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000172 C5-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PWJVWPGENSWJGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC(C)=C(C)C(C)=C1.CC1=CC(C)=C(C)C=C1C Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(C)C(C)=C1.CC1=CC(C)=C(C)C=C1C PWJVWPGENSWJGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYLIRYQDDKDHLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=CC=CC=C1C.CC1=CC=CC=C1C Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C.CC1=CC=CC=C1C WYLIRYQDDKDHLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000794285 Drosophila melanogaster CDC42 small effector protein homolog Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000219 Ethylene vinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004831 Hot glue Substances 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920010126 Linear Low Density Polyethylene (LLDPE) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006057 Non-nutritive feed additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CQBWEBXPMRPCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M O[Cr](O[SiH3])(=O)=O Chemical compound O[Cr](O[SiH3])(=O)=O CQBWEBXPMRPCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920000034 Plastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910010068 TiCl2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910003074 TiCl4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trioxochromium Chemical compound O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920010346 Very Low Density Polyethylene (VLDPE) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YACGPHWARKLDHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [B+2]C(CCC(C1=CC=CC=C1)(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.CCN(CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [B+2]C(CCC(C1=CC=CC=C1)(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1.CCN(CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 YACGPHWARKLDHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000800 acrylic rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005115 alkyl carbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-ethylcaproic acid Natural products CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MDFFNEOEWAXZRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminyl Chemical compound [NH2] MDFFNEOEWAXZRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010426 asphalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229920001400 block copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002981 blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000071 blow moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- NFLVXMMFVMJZEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butoxy(dibutyl)alumane Chemical compound CCCC[O-].CCCC[Al+]CCCC NFLVXMMFVMJZEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005626 carbonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003889 chemical engineering Methods 0.000 description 1
- HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroethane Chemical compound CCCl HRYZWHHZPQKTII-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000423 chromium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WVBBLFIICUWMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromocene Chemical compound [Cr+2].C1=CC=[C-][CH]1.C1=CC=[C-][CH]1 WVBBLFIICUWMEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000748 compression moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004696 coordination complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004038 corrins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GDVKFRBCXAPAQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-A dialuminum;hexamagnesium;carbonate;hexadecahydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2].[Mg+2].[Mg+2].[Mg+2].[Mg+2].[Mg+2].[Al+3].[Al+3].[O-]C([O-])=O GDVKFRBCXAPAQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-A 0.000 description 1
- VJRUISVXILMZSL-UHFFFAOYSA-M dibutylalumanylium;chloride Chemical compound CCCC[Al](Cl)CCCC VJRUISVXILMZSL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-O dicyclohexylazanium Chemical compound C1CCCCC1[NH2+]C1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001993 dienes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GGSUCNLOZRCGPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O diethyl(phenyl)azanium Chemical compound CC[NH+](CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 GGSUCNLOZRCGPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- YNLAOSYQHBDIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M diethylaluminium chloride Chemical compound CC[Al](Cl)CC YNLAOSYQHBDIKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)NC(C)C UAOMVDZJSHZZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGHYBJVUQGTEEB-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethylalumanylium;chloride Chemical compound C[Al](C)Cl JGHYBJVUQGTEEB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000005315 distribution function Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- QCHWBGRKGNYJSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene Chemical group C=C.C=C.C=C QCHWBGRKGNYJSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFRKOOWSQGXVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene;ethenol Chemical compound C=C.OC=C UFRKOOWSQGXVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHZOMAXECYYXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethene;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)C=C QHZOMAXECYYXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002573 ethenylidene group Chemical group [*]=C=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960003750 ethyl chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JFICPAADTOQAMU-UHFFFAOYSA-L ethylaluminum(2+);dibromide Chemical compound CC[Al](Br)Br JFICPAADTOQAMU-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- UAIZDWNSWGTKFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L ethylaluminum(2+);dichloride Chemical compound CC[Al](Cl)Cl UAIZDWNSWGTKFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920006242 ethylene acrylic acid copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004715 ethylene vinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006226 ethylene-acrylic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007765 extrusion coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013611 frozen food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005251 gamma ray Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004519 grease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003936 heterocyclopentadienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YUWFEBAXEOLKSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(C)=C(C)C(C)=C1C YUWFEBAXEOLKSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960001545 hydrotalcite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910001701 hydrotalcite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001746 injection moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009413 insulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004611 light stabiliser Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000092 linear low density polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013310 margarine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003264 margarine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BQBCXNQILNPAPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxy(dimethyl)alumane Chemical compound [O-]C.C[Al+]C BQBCXNQILNPAPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCYWZMWISLQXQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl Chemical compound [CH3] WCYWZMWISLQXQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYNNXHKOJHMOHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl-cycloheptane Natural products CC1CCCCCC1 GYNNXHKOJHMOHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005065 mining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009448 modified atmosphere packaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002362 mulch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010813 municipal solid waste Substances 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004957 naphthylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003345 natural gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel Substances [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002667 nucleating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002446 octanoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005026 oriented polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002918 oxazolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-O oxonium Chemical compound [OH3+] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005453 pelletization Methods 0.000 description 1
- GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentalene Chemical compound C1=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BEZDDPMMPIDMGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentamethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(C)C(C)=C1C BEZDDPMMPIDMGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005062 perfluorophenyl group Chemical group FC1=C(C(=C(C(=C1F)F)F)F)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002530 phenolic antioxidant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphine group Chemical group P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical compound [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011020 pilot scale process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009428 plumbing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004032 porphyrins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001384 propylene homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015504 ready meals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003134 recirculating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004064 recycling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001175 rotational moulding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012748 slip agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000005201 tetramethylbenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003856 thermoforming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- SQBBHCOIQXKPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylalumane Chemical compound CCCC[Al](CCCC)CCCC SQBBHCOIQXKPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-O triethylammonium ion Chemical compound CC[NH+](CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- JLTRXTDYQLMHGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylaluminium Chemical compound C[Al](C)C JLTRXTDYQLMHGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000005199 trimethylbenzenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O triphenylphosphanium Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1[PH+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- GIIXTFIYICRGMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris(2,3-dimethylphenyl)phosphane Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(P(C=2C(=C(C)C=CC=2)C)C=2C(=C(C)C=CC=2)C)=C1C GIIXTFIYICRGMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COIOYMYWGDAQPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris(2-methylphenyl)phosphane Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C(=CC=CC=1)C)C1=CC=CC=C1C COIOYMYWGDAQPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003738 xylenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005023 xylyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
- B32B7/04—Interconnection of layers
- B32B7/12—Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F210/00—Copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
- C08F210/16—Copolymers of ethene with alpha-alkenes, e.g. EP rubbers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C41/00—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor
- B29C41/02—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor for making articles of definite length, i.e. discrete articles
- B29C41/04—Rotational or centrifugal casting, i.e. coating the inside of a mould by rotating the mould
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C41/00—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor
- B29C41/02—Shaping by coating a mould, core or other substrate, i.e. by depositing material and stripping-off the shaped article; Apparatus therefor for making articles of definite length, i.e. discrete articles
- B29C41/22—Making multilayered or multicoloured articles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/06—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
- B32B27/08—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/32—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins
- B32B27/327—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyolefins comprising polyolefins obtained by a metallocene or single-site catalyst
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/34—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
- B32B3/26—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
- B32B3/266—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by an apertured layer, the apertures going through the whole thickness of the layer, e.g. expanded metal, perforated layer, slit layer regular cells B32B3/12
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
- C08F2/001—Multistage polymerisation processes characterised by a change in reactor conditions without deactivating the intermediate polymer
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
- C08F2/04—Polymerisation in solution
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
- C08F2/04—Polymerisation in solution
- C08F2/06—Organic solvent
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2/00—Processes of polymerisation
- C08F2/38—Polymerisation using regulators, e.g. chain terminating agents, e.g. telomerisation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/65—Pretreating the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/64 before the final contacting with the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/44
- C08F4/652—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds
- C08F4/655—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with aluminium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/6555—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with aluminium or compounds thereof and magnesium or compounds thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/65—Pretreating the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/64 before the final contacting with the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/44
- C08F4/652—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds
- C08F4/658—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with metals or metal-containing compounds, not provided for in a single group of groups C08F4/653 - C08F4/657
- C08F4/6583—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with metals or metal-containing compounds, not provided for in a single group of groups C08F4/653 - C08F4/657 and magnesium or compounds thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/65—Pretreating the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/64 before the final contacting with the metal or compound covered by group C08F4/44
- C08F4/652—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds
- C08F4/658—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with metals or metal-containing compounds, not provided for in a single group of groups C08F4/653 - C08F4/657
- C08F4/6585—Pretreating with metals or metal-containing compounds with metals or metal-containing compounds, not provided for in a single group of groups C08F4/653 - C08F4/657 and aluminium or compounds thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/659—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
- C08F4/65904—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with another component of C08F4/64
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/659—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
- C08F4/6592—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond containing at least one cyclopentadienyl ring, condensed or not, e.g. an indenyl or a fluorenyl ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F6/00—Post-polymerisation treatments
- C08F6/06—Treatment of polymer solutions
- C08F6/12—Separation of polymers from solutions
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/18—Manufacture of films or sheets
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08K—Use of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
- C08K5/00—Use of organic ingredients
- C08K5/04—Oxygen-containing compounds
- C08K5/09—Carboxylic acids; Metal salts thereof; Anhydrides thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L23/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L23/02—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
- C08L23/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
- C08L23/08—Copolymers of ethene
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L23/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L23/02—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
- C08L23/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
- C08L23/08—Copolymers of ethene
- C08L23/0807—Copolymers of ethene with unsaturated hydrocarbons only containing more than three carbon atoms
- C08L23/0815—Copolymers of ethene with aliphatic 1-olefins
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L23/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L23/02—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
- C08L23/10—Homopolymers or copolymers of propene
- C08L23/14—Copolymers of propene
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L23/00—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
- C08L23/02—Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after-treatment
- C08L23/18—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
- C08L23/20—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having four to nine carbon atoms
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2023/00—Use of polyalkenes or derivatives thereof as moulding material
- B29K2023/04—Polymers of ethylene
- B29K2023/08—Copolymers of ethylene
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2105/00—Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
- B29K2105/0058—Liquid or visquous
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2105/00—Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
- B29K2105/0085—Copolymers
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2105/00—Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
- B29K2105/0094—Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped having particular viscosity
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2905/00—Use of metals, their alloys or their compounds, as mould material
- B29K2905/02—Aluminium
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2995/00—Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds
- B29K2995/0037—Other properties
- B29K2995/0063—Density
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2995/00—Properties of moulding materials, reinforcements, fillers, preformed parts or moulds
- B29K2995/0037—Other properties
- B29K2995/0088—Molecular weight
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
- B32B2307/70—Other properties
- B32B2307/726—Permeability to liquids, absorption
- B32B2307/7265—Non-permeable
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2439/00—Containers; Receptacles
- B32B2439/40—Closed containers
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F210/00—Copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond
- C08F210/14—Monomers containing five or more carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2410/00—Features related to the catalyst preparation, the catalyst use or to the deactivation of the catalyst
- C08F2410/08—Presence of a deactivator
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2420/00—Metallocene catalysts
- C08F2420/01—Cp or analog bridged to a non-Cp X neutral donor
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2420/00—Metallocene catalysts
- C08F2420/04—Cp or analog not bridged to a non-Cp X ancillary anionic donor
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/03—Narrow molecular weight distribution, i.e. Mw/Mn < 3
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/09—Long chain branches
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/11—Melt tension or melt strength
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/12—Melt flow index or melt flow ratio
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/13—Environmental stress cracking resistance
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/17—Viscosity
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/18—Bulk density
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F2500/00—Characteristics or properties of obtained polyolefins; Use thereof
- C08F2500/26—Use as polymer for film forming
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/659—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
- C08F4/65908—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with an ionising compound other than alumoxane, e.g. (C6F5)4B-X+
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F4/00—Polymerisation catalysts
- C08F4/42—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors
- C08F4/44—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides
- C08F4/60—Metals; Metal hydrides; Metallo-organic compounds; Use thereof as catalyst precursors selected from light metals, zinc, cadmium, mercury, copper, silver, gold, boron, gallium, indium, thallium, rare earths or actinides together with refractory metals, iron group metals, platinum group metals, manganese, rhenium technetium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/62—Refractory metals or compounds thereof
- C08F4/64—Titanium, zirconium, hafnium or compounds thereof
- C08F4/659—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond
- C08F4/65912—Component covered by group C08F4/64 containing a transition metal-carbon bond in combination with an organoaluminium compound
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2323/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
- C08J2323/02—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
- C08J2323/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
- C08J2323/06—Polyethene
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2323/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
- C08J2323/02—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
- C08J2323/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
- C08J2323/08—Copolymers of ethene
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2323/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
- C08J2323/02—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
- C08J2323/18—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
- C08J2323/20—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having four to nine carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2323/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
- C08J2323/02—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
- C08J2323/18—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
- C08J2323/24—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having ten or more carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2423/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
- C08J2423/02—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
- C08J2423/04—Homopolymers or copolymers of ethene
- C08J2423/08—Copolymers of ethene
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2423/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
- C08J2423/02—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
- C08J2423/18—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
- C08J2423/20—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having four to nine carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2423/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
- C08J2423/02—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment
- C08J2423/18—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms
- C08J2423/24—Homopolymers or copolymers of hydrocarbons having four or more carbon atoms having ten or more carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2203/00—Applications
- C08L2203/10—Applications used for bottles
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2203/00—Applications
- C08L2203/16—Applications used for films
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2205/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
- C08L2205/02—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing two or more polymers of the same C08L -group
- C08L2205/025—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing two or more polymers of the same C08L -group containing two or more polymers of the same hierarchy C08L, and differing only in parameters such as density, comonomer content, molecular weight, structure
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2205/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
- C08L2205/03—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing three or more polymers in a blend
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2205/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
- C08L2205/03—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing three or more polymers in a blend
- C08L2205/035—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features containing three or more polymers in a blend containing four or more polymers in a blend
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2205/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features
- C08L2205/06—Polymer mixtures characterised by other features having improved processability or containing aids for moulding methods
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2314/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by way of preparation
- C08L2314/02—Ziegler natta catalyst
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L2314/00—Polymer mixtures characterised by way of preparation
- C08L2314/06—Metallocene or single site catalysts
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to ethylene interpolymer products manufactured in a continuous solution polymerization process utilizing at least two reactors employing at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation to produce ethylene interpolymer products having improved properties.
- Solution polymerization processes are typically carried out at temperatures above the melting point of the ethylene interpolymer being synthesized.
- catalyst components, solvent, monomers and hydrogen are fed under pressure to one or more reactors.
- reactor temperatures can range from about 80° C. to about 300° C. while pressures generally range from about 3 MPag to about 45 MPag and the ethylene interpolymer produced is dissolved in a solvent.
- the residence time of the solvent in the reactor is relatively short, for example, from about 1 second to about 20 minutes.
- the solution process can be operated under a wide range of process conditions that allow the production of a wide variety of ethylene interpolymers.
- Post reactor the polymerization reaction is quenched to prevent further polymerization, by adding a catalyst deactivator, and passivated, by adding an acid scavenger. Once passivated, the polymer solution is forwarded to a polymer recovery operation where the ethylene interpolymer product is separated from process solvent, unreacted residual ethylene and unreacted optional ⁇ -olefin(s).
- the polymer industry is in constant need of improved ethylene interpolymer products in flexible film applications, non-limiting examples include food packaging, shrink and stretch films.
- inventive ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have performance attributes that are advantageous in many film applications. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, some embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers after converting into films have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g., tensile and/or flex modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g. impact and puncture); higher heat deflection temperatures; higher Vicat softening point; improved color (WI and YI); higher melt strength, and; improved heat sealing properties (e.g., heat sealing and hot tack). These recited performance attributes are not to be construed as limiting.
- the polymer industry is also in need of improved ethylene interpolymer products for rigid applications; non-limiting examples include containers, lids, caps and toys, etc.
- inventive ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have performance attributes that are advantageous in many rigid applications.
- Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, some embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g.
- flexural modulus e.g., ESCR, PENT, IZOD impact, arm impact, Dynatup impact or Charpy impact resistance
- higher melt strength e.g., higher heat deflection temperature; higher Vicat softening temperatures, improved color (WI and YI), and; faster crystallization rates (recited performance attributes are not to be construed as limiting).
- polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible or rigid manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e., several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
- One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0.
- One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer has ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
- One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal.
- ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0 and ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms or ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0.
- ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms and ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0.
- One embodiments of this disclosure includes and ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0.
- ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0 and ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms and ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0.
- Additional embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0 and ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0 or ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms
- One embodiment of this disclosure includes ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Y d , greater than 0, a Dimensionless Modulus, X d , >0, ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
- Additional embodiments include ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index from about 0.3 to about 500 dg/minute, a density from about 0.869 to about 0.975 g/cm 3 , a M w /M n from about 2 to about 25 and a CDBI 50 from about 20% to about 98%; where melt index is measured according to ASTM D1238 (2.16 kg load and 190° C.) and density is measured according to ASTM D792.
- ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) from about 15 to about 60 weight percent of a first ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.01 to about 200 dg/minute and a density from about 0.855 g/cm 3 to about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; (ii) from about 30 to about 85 weight percent of a second ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.3 to about 1000 dg/minute and a density from about 0.89 g/cm 3 to about 0.975 g/cm 3 , and; (iii) optionally from about 0 to about 30 weight percent of a third ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.5 to about 2000 dg/minute and a density from about 0.89 to about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; where weight percent is the weight of the first, second or third ethylene polymer divided by the weight of ethylene interpolymer product.
- Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products synthesized in a solution polymerization process.
- Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising from 0 to about 10 mole percent of one or more ⁇ -olefins.
- ethylene interpolymer products where the first ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation.
- the second ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
- Embodiments also include ethylene interpolymers where the third ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation or a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
- the second ethylene interpolymer may also be synthesized using a first in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or a first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; optionally, the third ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using the first in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
- the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be synthesized using a second in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
- Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products having ⁇ 1 part per million (ppm) of a metal A; where metal A originates from the single-site catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of metal A include titanium, zirconium or hafnium.
- ethylene interpolymer products comprising a metal B and optionally a metal C; where the total amount of metal B and metal C is from about 3 to about 11 parts per million (ppm); where metal B originates from a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation and metal C form an optional second heterogeneous catalyst formation.
- Metals B and C are independently selected from the following non-limiting examples: titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium, rhenium, iron, ruthenium or osmium.
- Additional embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure comprise a first ethylene interpolymer having a first M w /M n , a second ethylene interpolymer having a second M w /M n and an optional third ethylene having a third M w /M n ; where the first M w /M n is lower than the second M w /M n and the third M w /M n .
- Embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the blending of the second ethylene interpolymer and the third ethylene interpolymer form an ethylene interpolymer blend having a fourth M w /M n ; where the fourth M w /M n is not broader than the second M w /M n .
- Additional ethylene interpolymer product embodiments are characterized as having both the second M w /M n and the third M w /M n less than about 4.0.
- Embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the first ethylene interpolymer has a first CDBI 50 from about 70 to about 98%, the second ethylene interpolymer has a second CDBI 50 from about 45 to about 98% and the optional third ethylene interpolymer has a third CDBI 50 from about 35 to about 98%. Additional embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the first CDBI 50 is higher than the second CDBI 50 ; optionally the first CDBI 50 is higher than the third CDBI 50 .
- FIG. 1 illustrates a continuous solution polymerization process where an in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed.
- FIG. 2 illustrates a continuous solution polymerization process where a batch heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed.
- FIG. 3 is a plot of Dilution Index (Y d ) (Y d has dimensions of degrees (°)) and Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) for:
- FIG. 4 illustrates a typical Van Gurp Palmen (VGP) plot of phase angle [°] versus complex modulus [kPa].
- VGP Van Gurp Palmen
- FIG. 6 compares the amount of terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms (terminal vinyl/100 C) in the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid circles) with Comparatives B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J (open triangles).
- FIG. 7 compares the amount of total catalytic metal (ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid circles) with Comparatives B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J (open triangles).
- any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein.
- a range of “1 to 10” is intended to include all sub-ranges between and including the recited minimum value of 1 and the recited maximum value of 10; that is, having a minimum value equal to or greater than 1 and a maximum value of equal to or less than 10. Because the disclosed numerical ranges are continuous, they include every value between the minimum and maximum values. Unless expressly indicated otherwise, the various numerical ranges specified in this application are approximations.
- compositional ranges expressed herein are limited in total to and do not exceed 100 percent (volume percent or weight percent) in practice. Where multiple components can be present in a composition, the sum of the maximum amounts of each component can exceed 100 percent, with the understanding that, and as those skilled in the art readily understand, that the amounts of the components actually used will conform to the maximum of 100 percent.
- the term “monomer” refers to a small molecule that may chemically react and become chemically bonded with itself or other monomers to form a polymer.
- ⁇ -olefin is used to describe a monomer having a linear hydrocarbon chain containing from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a double bond at one end of the chain.
- ethylene polymer refers to macromolecules produced from ethylene monomers and optionally one or more additional monomers; regardless of the specific catalyst or specific process used to make the ethylene polymer.
- the one or more additional monomers are called “comonomer(s)” and often include ⁇ -olefins.
- the term “homopolymer” refers to a polymer that contains only one type of monomer. Common ethylene polymers include high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), ultralow density polyethylene (ULDPE), plastomer and elastomers.
- HDPE high density polyethylene
- MDPE medium density polyethylene
- LLDPE linear low density polyethylene
- VLDPE very low density polyethylene
- ULDPE ultralow density polyethylene
- ethylene polymer also includes polymers produced in a high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples include low density polyethylene (LDPE), ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene alkyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene acrylic acid copolymers and metal salts of ethylene acrylic acid (commonly referred to as ionomers).
- ethylene polymer also includes block copolymers which may include 2 to 4 comonomers.
- ethylene polymer also includes combinations of, or blends of, the ethylene polymers described above.
- ethylene interpolymer refers to a subset of polymers within the “ethylene polymer” group that excludes polymers produced in high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples of polymers produced in high pressure processes include LDPE and EVA (the latter is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate).
- heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using a heterogeneous catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of which include Ziegler-Natta or chromium catalysts.
- homogeneous ethylene interpolymer refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using metallocene or single-site catalysts.
- homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have narrow molecular weight distributions, for example gel permeation chromatography (GPC) M w /M n values of less than 2.8; M w and M n refer to weight and number average molecular weights, respectively.
- GPC gel permeation chromatography
- M w /M n refer to weight and number average molecular weights, respectively.
- the M w /M n of heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are typically greater than the M w /M n of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
- homogeneous ethylene interpolymers also have a narrow comonomer distribution, i.e., each macromolecule within the molecular weight distribution has a similar comonomer content.
- composition distribution breadth index “CDBI” is used to quantify how the comonomer is distributed within an ethylene interpolymer, as well as to differentiate ethylene interpolymers produced with different catalysts or processes.
- CDBI 50 is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition; this definition is consistent with that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,206,075 assigned to Exxon Chemical Patents Inc.
- the CDBI 50 of an ethylene interpolymer can be calculated from TREF curves (Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation); the TREF method is described in Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455.
- the CDBI 50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are greater than about 70%.
- the CDBI 50 of ⁇ -olefin containing heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are generally lower than the CDBI 50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
- homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are frequently further subdivided into “linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers” and “substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers”. These two subgroups differ in the amount of long chain branching: more specifically, linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have less than about 0.01 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms; while substantially linear ethylene interpolymers have greater than about 0.01 to about 3.0 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms.
- a long chain branch is macromolecular in nature, i.e., similar in length to the macromolecule that the long chain branch is attached to.
- the term “homogeneous ethylene interpolymer” refers to both linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers and substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
- polyolefin includes ethylene polymers and propylene polymers; non-limiting examples of propylene polymers include isotactic, syndiotactic and atactic propylene homopolymers, random propylene copolymers containing at least one comonomer and impact polypropylene copolymers or heterophasic polypropylene copolymers.
- thermoplastic refers to a polymer that becomes liquid when heated, will flow under pressure and solidify when cooled.
- Thermoplastic polymers include ethylene polymers as well as other polymers commonly used in the plastic industry; non-limiting examples of other polymers commonly used in film applications include barrier resins (EVOH), tie resins, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamides and the like.
- the term “monolayer film” refers to a film containing a single layer of one or more thermoplastics.
- hydrocarbyl refers to linear or cyclic, aliphatic, olefinic, acetylenic and aryl (aromatic) radicals comprising hydrogen and carbon that are deficient by one hydrogen.
- an “alkyl radical” includes linear, branched and cyclic paraffin radicals that are deficient by one hydrogen radical; non-limiting examples include methyl (—CH 3 ) and ethyl ( ⁇ CH 2 CH 3 ) radicals.
- alkenyl radical refers to linear, branched and cyclic hydrocarbons containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond that is deficient by one hydrogen radical.
- aryl group includes phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl and other radicals whose molecules have an aromatic ring structure; non-limiting examples include naphthylene, phenanthrene and anthracene.
- An “arylalkyl” group is an alkyl group having an aryl group pendant there from; non-limiting examples include benzyl, phenethyl and tolylmethyl; an “alkylaryl” is an aryl group having one or more alkyl groups pendant there from; non-limiting examples include tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and cumyl.
- heteroatom includes any atom other than carbon and hydrogen that can be bound to carbon.
- a “heteroatom-containing group” is a hydrocarbon radical that contains a heteroatom and may contain one or more of the same or different heteroatoms.
- a heteroatom-containing group is a hydrocarbyl group containing from 1 to 3 atoms selected from the group consisting of boron, aluminum, silicon, germanium, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen and sulfur.
- Non-limiting examples of heteroatom-containing groups include radicals of imines, amines, oxides, phosphines, ethers, ketones, oxoazolines heterocyclics, oxazolines, thioethers, and the like.
- heterocyclic refers to ring systems having a carbon backbone that comprise from 1 to 3 atoms selected from the group consisting of boron, aluminum, silicon, germanium, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen and sulfur.
- unsubstituted means that hydrogen radicals are bounded to the molecular group that follows the term unsubstituted.
- substituted means that the group following this term possesses one or more moieties that have replaced one or more hydrogen radicals in any position within the group; non-limiting examples of moieties include halogen radicals (F, Cl, Br), hydroxyl groups, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, amine groups, phosphine groups, alkoxy groups, phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, C 1 to C 10 alkyl groups, C 2 to C 10 alkenyl groups, and combinations thereof.
- Non-limiting examples of substituted alkyls and aryls include: acyl radicals, alkylamino radicals, alkoxy radicals, aryloxy radicals, alkylthio radicals, dialkylamino radicals, alkoxycarbonyl radicals, aryloxycarbonyl radicals, carbomoyl radicals, alkyl- and dialkyl-carbamoyl radicals, acyloxy radicals, acylamino radicals, arylamino radicals and combinations thereof.
- R 1 and its superscript form “ R1 ” refers to a first reactor in a continuous solution polymerization process; it being understood that R 1 is distinctly different from the symbol R 1 ; the latter is used in chemical formula, e.g. representing a hydrocarbyl group.
- R 2 and it's superscript form “ R2 ” refers to a second reactor
- R 3 and it's superscript form “ R3 ” refers to a third reactor.
- oligomers refers to an ethylene polymer of low molecular weight, e.g., an ethylene polymer with a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of about 2000 to 3000 daltons. Other commonly used terms for oligomers include “wax” or “grease”.
- light-end impurities refers to chemical compounds with relatively low boiling points that may be present in the various vessels and process streams within a continuous solution polymerization process; non-limiting examples include, methane, ethane, propane, butane, nitrogen, CO 2 , chloroethane, HCl, etc.
- Organometallic catalyst formulations that are efficient in polymerizing olefins are well known in the art.
- at least two catalyst formulations are employed in a continuous solution polymerization process.
- One of the catalyst formulations comprises at least one single-site catalyst formulation that produces a homogeneous first ethylene interpolymer.
- the other catalyst formulation comprises at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation that produces a heterogeneous second ethylene interpolymer.
- a third ethylene interpolymer may be produced using the heterogeneous catalyst formulation that was used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer, or a different heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be used to produce the third ethylene interpolymer.
- the at least one homogeneous ethylene interpolymer and the at least one heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer are solution blended and an ethylene interpolymer product is produced.
- the catalyst components which make up the single site catalyst formulation are not particularly limited, i.e., a wide variety of catalyst components can be used.
- One non-limiting embodiment of a single site catalyst formulation comprises the following three or four components: a bulky ligand-metal complex; an alumoxane co-catalyst; an ionic activator and optionally a hindered phenol.
- “(i)” refers to the amount of “component (i)”, i.e., the bulky ligand-metal complex added to R 1 ; “(ii)” refers to “component (ii)”, i.e., the alumoxane co-catalyst; “(iii)” refers to “component (iii)” i.e., the ionic activator, and; “(iv)” refers to “component (iv)”, i.e., the optional hindered phenol.
- Non-limiting examples of component (i) are represented by formula (I):
- (L A ) represents a bulky ligand
- M represents a metal atom
- PI represents a phosphinimine ligand
- Q represents a leaving group
- a is 0 or 1
- b is 1 or 2
- (a+b) 2
- n is 1 or 2, and; the sum of (a+b+n) equals the valance of the metal M.
- Non-limiting examples of the bulky ligand L A in formula (I) include unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl ligands or cyclopentadienyl-type ligands, heteroatom substituted and/or heteroatom containing cyclopentadienyl-type ligands.
- Additional non-limiting examples include, cyclopenta-phenanthreneyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted indenyl ligands, benzindenyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted fluorenyl ligands, octahydrofluorenyl ligands, cyclooctatetraendiyl ligands, cyclopentacyclododecene ligands, azenyl ligands, azulene ligands, pentalene ligands, phosphoyl ligands, phosphinimine, pyrrolyl ligands, pyrozolyl ligands, carbazolyl ligands, borabenzene ligands and the like, including hydrogenated versions thereof, for example tetrahydroindenyl ligands.
- L A may be any other ligand structure capable of q-bonding to the metal M, such embodiments include both ⁇ 3 -bonding and ⁇ 5 -bonding to the metal M.
- L A may comprise one or more heteroatoms, for example, nitrogen, silicon, boron, germanium, sulfur and phosphorous, in combination with carbon atoms to form an open, acyclic, or a fused ring, or ring system, for example, a heterocyclopentadienyl ancillary ligand.
- L A includes bulky amides, phosphides, alkoxides, aryloxides, imides, carbolides, borollides, porphyrins, phthalocyanines, corrins and other polyazomacrocycles.
- Non-limiting examples of metal M in formula (I) include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
- the phosphinimine ligand, PI is defined by formula (II):
- R p groups are independently selected from: a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; C 1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atom(s); a C 1-8 alkoxy radical; a C 6-10 aryl radical; a C 6-10 aryloxy radical; an amido radical; a silyl radical of formula —Si(R s ) 3 , wherein the R s groups are independently selected from, a hydrogen atom, a C 1-8 alkyl or alkoxy radical, a C 6-10 aryl radical, a C 6-10 aryloxy radical, or a germanyl radical of formula —Ge(R G ) 3 , wherein the R G groups are defined as R s is defined in this paragraph.
- the leaving group Q is any ligand that can be abstracted from formula (I) forming a catalyst species capable of polymerizing one or more olefin(s).
- An equivalent term for Q is an “activatable ligand”, i.e., equivalent to the term “leaving group”.
- Q is a monoanionic labile ligand having a sigma bond to M.
- the value for n is 1 or 2 such that formula (I) represents a neutral bulky ligand-metal complex.
- Non-limiting examples of Q ligands include a hydrogen atom, halogens, C 1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals, C 1-20 alkoxy radicals, C 5-10 aryl oxide radicals; these radicals may be linear, branched or cyclic or further substituted by halogen atoms, C 1-10 alkyl radicals, C 1-10 alkoxy radicals, C 6-10 arly or aryloxy radicals.
- Further non-limiting examples of Q ligands include weak bases such as amines, phosphines, ethers, carboxylates, dienes, hydrocarbyl radicals having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- two Q ligands may form part of a fused ring or ring system.
- component (i) of the single site catalyst formulation include structural, optical or enantiomeric isomers (meso and racemic isomers) and mixtures thereof of the bulky ligand-metal complexes described in formula (I) above.
- the second single site catalyst component, component (ii) is an alumoxane co-catalyst that activates component (i) to a cationic complex.
- An equivalent term for “alumoxane” is “aluminoxane”; although the exact structure of this co-catalyst is uncertain, subject matter experts generally agree that it is an oligomeric species that contain repeating units of the general formula (III):
- R groups may be the same or different linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms and n is from 0 to about 50.
- a non-limiting example of an alumoxane is methyl aluminoxane (or MAO) wherein each R group in formula (III) is a methyl radical.
- the third catalyst component (iii) of the single site catalyst formation is an ionic activator.
- ionic activators are comprised of a cation and a bulky anion; wherein the latter is substantially non-coordinating.
- Non-limiting examples of ionic activators are boron ionic activators that are four coordinate with four ligands bonded to the boron atom.
- Non-limiting examples of boron ionic activators include the following formulas (IV) and (V) shown below;
- R 5 is an aromatic hydrocarbyl (e.g. triphenyl methyl cation) and each R 7 is independently selected from phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with from 3 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atoms, C 1-4 alkyl or alkoxy radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by fluorine atoms; and a silyl radical of formula —Si(R 9 ) 3 , where each R 9 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C 1-4 alkyl radicals, and; compounds of formula (V);
- B is a boron atom
- H is a hydrogen atom
- Z is a nitrogen or phosphorus atom
- t is 2 or 3
- R 8 is selected from C 1-8 alkyl radicals, phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by up to three C 1-4 alkyl radicals, or one R 8 taken together with the nitrogen atom may form an anilinium radical and R 7 is as defined above in formula (IV).
- R 7 is a pentafluorophenyl radical.
- boron ionic activators may be described as salts of tetra(perfluorophenyl) boron; non-limiting examples include anilinium, carbonium, oxonium, phosphonium and sulfonium salts of tetra(perfluoro-phenyl)boron with anilinium and trityl (or triphenylmethylium).
- ionic activators include: triethylammonium tetra(phenyl)-boron, tripropylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(p-tolyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tripropylammonium tetra(o,p-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(m,m-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(p-trifluoromethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)am
- the optional fourth catalyst component of the single site catalyst formation is a hindered phenol, component (iv).
- hindered phenols include butylated phenolic antioxidants, butylated hydroxytoluene, 2,4-di-tertiarybutyl-6-ethyl phenol, 4,4′-methylenebis (2,6-di-tertiary-butylphenol), 1,3, 5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene and octadecyl-3-(3′,5′-di-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxyphenyl) propionate.
- heterogeneous catalyst formulations are well known to those skilled in the art, including, as non-limiting examples, Ziegler-Natta and chromium catalyst formulations.
- embodiments include an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation and a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formation.
- in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation refers to the continuous synthesis of a small quantity of active Ziegler-Natta catalyst and immediately injecting this catalyst into at least one continuously operating reactor, wherein the catalyst polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional ⁇ -olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer.
- batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or “batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst” refer to the synthesis of a much larger quantity of catalyst or procatalyst in one or more mixing vessels that are external to, or isolated from, the continuously operating solution polymerization process.
- the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst, is transferred to a catalyst storage tank.
- the term “procatalyst” refers to an inactive catalyst formulation (inactive with respect to ethylene polymerization); the procatalyst is converted into an active catalyst by adding an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. As needed, the procatalyst is pumped from the storage tank to at least one continuously operating reactor, where an active catalyst is formed and polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional ⁇ -olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The procatalyst may be converted into an active catalyst in the reactor or external to the reactor.
- a wide variety of chemical compounds can be used to synthesize an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
- the following describes various chemical compounds that may be combined to produce an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
- Those skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments in this disclosure are not limited to the specific chemical compound disclosed.
- An active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be formed from: a magnesium compound, a chloride compound, a metal compound, an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst and an aluminum alkyl.
- Table 1A, 2A, 3A and 4A of this disclosure “(v)” refers to “component (v)” the magnesium compound; the term “(vi)” refers to the “component (vi)” the chloride compound; “(vii)” refers to “component (vii)” the metal compound; “(viii)” refers to “component (viii)” alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, and; “(ix)” refers to “component (ix)” the aluminum alkyl.
- Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulations may contain additional components; a non-limiting example of an additional component is an electron donor, e.g., amines or ethers.
- a non-limiting example of an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation can be prepared as follows.
- a solution of a magnesium compound (component (v)) is reacted with a solution of the chloride compound (component (vi)) to form a magnesium chloride support suspended in solution.
- magnesium compounds include Mg(R 1 ) 2 ; wherein the R 1 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- Non-limiting examples of chloride compounds include R 2 Cl; wherein R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, or a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radical containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the solution of magnesium compound may also contain an aluminum alkyl (component (ix)).
- aluminum alkyl include Al(R 3 ) 3 , wherein the R 3 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- a solution of the metal compound (component (vii)) is added to the solution of magnesium chloride and the metal compound is supported on the magnesium chloride.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include M(X) n or MO(X) n ; where M represents a metal selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8; O represents oxygen, and; X represents chloride or bromide; n is an integer from 3 to 6 that satisfies the oxidation state of the metal.
- Additional non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include Group 4 to Group 8 metal alkyls, metal alkoxides (which may be prepared by reacting a metal alkyl with an alcohol) and mixed-ligand metal compounds that contain a mixture of halide, alkyl and alkoxide ligands.
- R 4 groups may be the same or different, hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms;
- the OR 5 groups may be the same or different, alkoxy or aryloxy groups wherein R 5 is a hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms bonded to oxygen;
- Non-limiting examples of commonly used alkyl aluminum co-catalysts include trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tributyl aluminum, dimethyl aluminum methoxide, diethyl aluminum ethoxide, dibutyl aluminum butoxide, dimethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, diethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, dibutyl aluminum chloride or bromide and ethyl aluminum dichloride or dibromide.
- heterogeneous catalyst formulations include formulations where the “metal compound” is a chromium compound; non-limiting examples include silyl chromate, chromium oxide and chromocene.
- the chromium compound is supported on a metal oxide such as silica or alumina.
- Heterogeneous catalyst formulations containing chromium may also include co-catalysts; non-limiting examples of co-catalysts include trialkylaluminum, alkylaluminoxane and dialkoxyalkylaluminum compounds and the like.
- process solvent, monomer(s) and a catalyst formulation are continuously fed to a reactor where the ethylene interpolymer is formed in solution.
- process solvent 1 , ethylene 2 and optional ⁇ -olefin 3 are combined to produce reactor feed stream RF 1 which flows into reactor 11 a .
- optional streams, or optional embodiments, are denoted with dotted lines. It is not particularly important that combined reactor feed stream RF 1 be formed; i.e. reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations, including an embodiment where streams 1 through 3 are independently injected into reactor 11 a .
- водородород may be injected into reactor 11 a through stream 4 ; hydrogen is generally added to control the molecular weight of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 11 a .
- Reactor 11 a is continuously stirred by stirring assembly 11 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor.
- stirring assembly 11 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor.
- a reactor is frequently called a CSTR (Continuously Stirred Tank Reactor).
- a single site catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 11 a through stream 5 e .
- Single site catalyst component streams 5 d , 5 c , 5 b and optional 5 a refer to the ionic activator (component (iii)), the bulky ligand-metal complex (component (i)), the alumoxane co-catalyst (component (ii)) and optional hindered phenol (component (iv)), respectively.
- Single site catalyst component streams can be arranged in all possible configurations, including an embodiment where streams 5 a through 5 d are independently injected into reactor 11 a . Each single site catalyst component is dissolved in a catalyst component solvent.
- Catalyst component solvents for component (i) through (iv), may be the same or different. Catalyst component solvents are selected such that the combination of catalyst components does not produce a precipitate in any process stream; for example, precipitation of a single site catalyst component in stream 5 e .
- the optimization of the single site catalyst formulation is described below.
- Reactor 11 a produces a first exit stream, stream 11 c , containing the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent, as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted ⁇ -olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active single site catalyst, deactivated single site catalyst, residual catalyst components and other impurities (if present). Melt index ranges and density ranges of the first ethylene interpolymer produced are described below.
- the continuous solution polymerization process shown in FIG. 1 includes two embodiments where reactors 11 a and 12 a can be operated in series or parallel modes.
- series mode 100% of stream 11 c (the first exit stream) passes through flow controller 11 d forming stream 11 e which enters reactor 12 a .
- parallel mode 100% of stream 11 c passes through flow controller 11 f forming stream 11 g .
- Stream 11 g by-passes reactor 12 a and is combined with stream 12 c (the second exit stream) forming stream 12 d (the third exit stream).
- Fresh reactor feed streams are injected into reactor 12 a ; process solvent 6 , ethylene 7 and optional ⁇ -olefin 8 are combined to produce reactor feed stream RF 2 . It is not important that stream RF 2 is formed; i.e. reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations, including independently injecting each stream into the reactor.
- hydrogen may be injected into reactor 12 a through stream 9 to control the molecular weight of the second ethylene interpolymer.
- Reactor 12 a is continuously stirred by stirring assembly 12 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor.
- An in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 12 a through stream 10 f and a second ethylene interpolymer is formed in reactor 12 a .
- the components that comprise the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation are introduced through streams 10 a , 10 b , 10 c and 10 d .
- a first heterogeneous catalyst assembly, defined by the conduits and flow controllers associated with streams 10 a - 10 h , is operated as described below.
- the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly produces an efficient in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation by optimizing the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) or (ix)/(v); (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) or (vi)/(v); (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) or (viii)/(vii), and; (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) or (ix)/(vii); as well as the time these compounds have to react and equilibrate.
- Stream 10 a (stream S 1 ) contains a binary blend of a magnesium compound, component (v) and an aluminum alkyl, component (ix), in process solvent.
- the upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in stream 10 a may be about 70, in some cases about 50 and is other cases about 30.
- the lower limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 3.0, in some cases about 5.0 and in other cases about 10.
- Stream 10 b (stream S 2 ) contains a solution of a chloride compound, component (vi), in process solvent.
- Stream 10 b is combined with stream 10 a and the intermixing of streams 10 a and 10 b produces a magnesium chloride catalyst support.
- the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio is optimized.
- the upper limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 4, in some cases about 3.5 and is other cases about 3.0.
- the lower limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 1.0, in some cases about 1.5 and in other cases about 1.9.
- HUT- 1 The time between the addition of the chloride compound and the addition of the metal compound (component (vii)) via stream 10 c (stream S 3 ) is controlled; hereafter HUT- 1 (the first Hold-Up-Time).
- HUT- 1 is the time for streams 10 a (stream S 1 ) and 10 b (stream S 2 ) to equilibrate and form a magnesium chloride support.
- the upper limit on HUT- 1 may be about 70 seconds, in some cases about 60 seconds and is other cases about 50 seconds.
- the lower limit on HUT- 1 may be about 5 seconds, in some cases about 10 seconds and in other cases about 20 seconds.
- HUT- 1 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 b injection port and stream 10 c injection port, as well as controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a and 10 b .
- the time between the addition of component (vii) and the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, component (viii), via stream 10 d (stream S 4 ) is controlled; hereafter HUT- 2 (the second Hold-Up-Time).
- HUT- 2 is the time for the magnesium chloride support and stream 10 c to react and equilibrate.
- the upper limit on HUT- 2 may be about 50 seconds, in some cases about 35 seconds and is other cases about 25 seconds.
- the lower limit on HUT- 2 may be about 2 seconds, in some cases about 6 seconds and in other cases about 10 seconds.
- HUT- 2 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 c injection port and stream 10 d injection port, as well as controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a , 10 b and 10 c .
- the quantity of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst added is optimized to produce an efficient catalyst; this is accomplished by adjusting the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio, or (viii)/(vii) molar ratio.
- the upper limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 10, in some cases about 7.5 and is other cases about 6.0.
- the lower limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be 0, in some cases about 1.0 and in other cases about 2.0.
- the time between the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (stream S 4 ) and the injection of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation into reactor 12 a is controlled; hereafter HUT- 3 (the third Hold-Up-Time).
- HUT- 3 is the time for stream 10 d to intermix and equilibrate to form the in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation.
- the upper limit on HUT- 3 may be about 15 seconds, in some cases about 10 seconds and is other cases about 8 seconds.
- the lower limit on HUT- 3 may be about 0.5 seconds, in some cases about 1 seconds and in other cases about 2 seconds.
- HUT- 3 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit between stream 10 d injection port and the catalyst injection port in reactor 12 a , and by controlling the flow rates of streams 10 a through 10 d .
- 100% of stream 10 d the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, may be injected directly into reactor 12 a via stream 10 h .
- a portion of stream 10 d may be injected directly into reactor 12 a via stream 10 h and the remaining portion of stream 10 d injected into reactor 12 a via stream 10 f.
- R 2 an equivalent term for reactor 12 a is “R 2 ”.
- the quantity of in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation added to R 2 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution, hereafter “R 2 (vii) (ppm)”.
- the upper limit on R 2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 10 ppm, in some cases about 8 ppm and in other cases about 6 ppm.
- the lower limit on R 2 (vii) (ppm) in some cases may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 2 ppm.
- the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio in reactor 12 a , or the (ix)/(vii) molar ratio, is also controlled.
- the upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio in the reactor may be about 2, in some cases about 1.5 and is other cases about 1.0.
- the lower limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 0.05, in some cases about 0.075 and in other cases about 0.1.
- any combination of the streams employed to prepare and deliver the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation to R 2 may be heated or cooled, i.e., streams 10 a through 10 h (including stream 10 g (optional R 3 delivery) which is discussed below); in some cases the upper temperature limit of streams 10 a through 10 g may be about 90° C., in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. and; in some cases the lower temperature limit may be about 20° C.; in other cases about 35° C. and in still other cases about 50° C.
- Injection of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation into reactor 12 a produces a second ethylene interpolymer and a second exit stream 12 c.
- the second exit stream 12 c contains the second ethylene interpolymer and the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent; as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted ⁇ -olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active catalysts, deactivated catalysts, catalyst components and other impurities (if present).
- the second exit stream 12 c is deactivated by adding a catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18 A forming a deactivated solution A, stream 12 e ; in this case, FIG. 1 defaults to a dual reactor solution process. If the second exit stream 12 c is not deactivated the second exit stream enters tubular reactor 17 . Catalyst deactivator A is discussed below.
- the second exit stream 12 c contains the second ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent.
- the second exit stream 12 c is combined with stream 11 g forming a third exit stream 12 d , the latter contains the second ethylene interpolymer and the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent; as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted ⁇ -olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active catalyst, deactivated catalyst, catalyst components and other impurities (if present).
- the third exit stream 12 d is deactivated by adding catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18 A forming deactivated solution A, stream 12 e ; in this case, FIG. 1 defaults to a dual reactor solution process. If the third exit stream 12 d is not deactivated the third exit stream 12 d enters tubular reactor 17 .
- tubular reactor is meant to convey its conventional meaning, namely a simple tube; wherein the length/diameter (L/D) ratio is at least 10/1.
- one or more of the following reactor feed streams may be injected into tubular reactor 17 ; process solvent 13 , ethylene 14 and ⁇ -olefin 15 .
- streams 13 , 14 and 15 may be combined forming reactor feed stream RF 3 and the latter is injected into reactor 17 . It is not particularly important that stream RF 3 be formed; i.e., reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations.
- hydrogen may be injected into reactor 17 through stream 16 .
- the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be injected into reactor 17 via catalyst stream 10 g ; i.e., a portion of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst enters reactor 12 a through stream 10 f and the remaining portion of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst enters reactor 17 through stream 10 g.
- FIG. 1 shows an additional embodiment where reactor 17 is supplied with a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation produced in a second heterogeneous catalyst assembly.
- the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly refers to the combination of conduits and flow controllers that include streams 34 a - 34 e and 34 h .
- the chemical composition of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same, or different.
- the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly produces a second in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
- the catalyst components ((v) through (ix)), mole ratios and hold-up-times may differ in the first and second heterogeneous catalyst assemblies.
- the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly is operated in a similar manner, i.e., the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly generates an efficient catalyst by optimizing hold-up-times and the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound), (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound), (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst/(metal compound, and (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound).
- stream 34 a contains a binary blend of magnesium compound (component (v)) and aluminum alkyl (component (ix)) in process solvent;
- stream 34 b contains a chloride compound (component (vi)) in process solvent;
- stream 34 c contains a metal compound (component (vii)) in process solvent, and
- stream 34 d contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (component (viii)) in process solvent.
- stream 34 d the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst
- stream 34 h a portion of stream 34 d may be injected directly into reactor 17 via stream 34 h and the remaining portion of stream 34 d injected into reactor 17 via stream 34 e .
- the first or the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly supplies 100% of the catalyst to reactor 17 . Any combination of the streams that comprise the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly may be heated or cooled, i.e.
- streams 34 a - 34 e and 34 h in some cases the upper temperature limit of streams 34 a - 34 e and 34 h may be about 90° C., in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. and; in some cases the lower temperature limit may be about 20° C.; in other cases about 35° C. and in still other cases about 50° C.
- a third ethylene interpolymer may, or may not, form.
- a third ethylene interpolymer will not form if catalyst deactivator A is added upstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18 A.
- a third ethylene interpolymer will be formed if catalyst deactivator B is added downstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18 B.
- the optional third ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 17 may be formed using a variety of operational modes; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator A is not added upstream of reactor 17 .
- operational modes include: (a) residual ethylene, residual optional ⁇ -olefin and residual active catalyst entering reactor 17 react to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (b) fresh process solvent 13 , fresh ethylene 14 and optionally fresh ⁇ -olefin 15 are added to reactor 17 and the residual active catalyst entering reactor 17 forms the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (c) the fresh second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is added to reactor 17 via stream 10 g or stream 34 e to polymerize residual ethylene and residual optional ⁇ -olefin to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (d) fresh process solvent 13 , ethylene 14 , optional ⁇ -olefin 15 and fresh second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation ( 10 g or 34 e ) are added to reactor 17 to
- 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be added to reactor 17 via stream 34 h , or a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be added to reactor 17 via stream 10 g or 34 h and the remaining portion added via stream 34 h .
- fresh hydrogen 16 may be added to reduce the molecular weight of the optional third optional ethylene interpolymer.
- Reactor 17 produces a third exit stream 17 b containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer.
- catalyst deactivator B may be added to the third exit stream 17 b via catalyst deactivator tank 18 B producing a deactivated solution B, stream 19 ; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator B is not added if catalyst deactivator A was added upstream of reactor 17 .
- Deactivated solution B may also contain unreacted ethylene, unreacted optional ⁇ -olefin, unreacted optional hydrogen and impurities if present.
- deactivated solution A (stream 12 e ) exits tubular reactor 17 as shown in FIG. 1 .
- reactor 17 produces a fourth exit stream 17 b containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer.
- stream 12 d is the third exit stream.
- catalyst deactivator B is added to the fourth exit stream 17 b via catalyst deactivator tank 18 B producing a deactivated solution B, stream 19 ; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator B is not added if catalyst deactivator A was added upstream of reactor 17 .
- deactivated solution A (stream 12 e ) or B (stream 19 ) passes through pressure let down device 20 , heat exchanger 21 and a passivator is added via tank 22 forming a passivated solution 23 ; the passivator is described below.
- the passivated solution passes through pressure let down device 24 and enters a first vapor/liquid separator 25 .
- V/L is equivalent to vapor/liquid.
- first V/L separator Two streams are formed in the first V/L separator: a first bottom stream 27 comprising a solution that is rich in ethylene interpolymers and also contains residual ethylene, residual optional ⁇ -olefins and catalyst residues, and; a first gaseous overhead stream 26 comprising ethylene, process solvent, optional ⁇ -olefins, optional hydrogen, oligomers and light-end impurities if present.
- the first bottom stream enters a second V/L separator 28 .
- a second bottom stream 30 comprising a solution that is richer in ethylene interpolymer and leaner in process solvent relative to the first bottom stream 27
- a second gaseous overhead stream 29 comprising process solvent, optional ⁇ -olefins, ethylene, oligomers and light-end impurities if present.
- the second bottom stream 30 flows into a third V/L separator 31 .
- a product stream 33 comprising an ethylene interpolymer product, deactivated catalyst residues and less than 5 weight % of residual process solvent
- a third gaseous overhead stream 32 comprised essentially of process solvent, optional ⁇ -olefins and light-end impurities if present.
- Product stream 33 proceeds to polymer recovery operations.
- polymer recovery operations include one or more gear pump, single screw extruder or twin screw extruder that forces the molten ethylene interpolymer product through a pelletizer.
- a devolatilizing extruder may be used to remove small amounts of residual process solvent and optional ⁇ -olefin, if present. Once pelletized the solidified ethylene interpolymer product is typically dried and transported to a product silo.
- the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams shown in FIG. 1 are sent to a distillation column where solvent, ethylene and optional ⁇ -olefin are separated for recycling, or; the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors, or; a portion of the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors and the remaining portion is sent to a distillation column.
- Solution Polymerization Process Batch Heterogeneous Catalyst Formulation
- FIG. 2 a first batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly (vessels and streams 60 a through 60 h ) and an optional second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly (vessels and streams 90 a through 90 f ) are employed.
- many of the vessels and streams shown in FIG. 2 are equivalent to the respective vessel and stream shown in FIG. 1 ; equivalence is indicated through the use of a consistent vessel or stream label, i.e., number.
- process solvent is injected into CSTR reactor 11 a , CSTR reactor 12 a and tubular reactor 17 via streams 1 , 6 and 13 .
- Ethylene is injected into reactors 11 a , 12 a and 17 via streams 2 , 7 and 14 .
- Optional ⁇ -olefin is injected into reactors 11 a , 12 a and 17 via streams 3 , 8 and 15 .
- Optional hydrogen is injected into reactors 11 a , 12 a and 17 via streams 4 , 9 and 16 .
- a single-site catalyst formulation is injected into reactor 11 a , producing the first ethylene interpolymer. Single-site catalyst component streams ( 5 a through 5 e ) were described above.
- a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 e and the second ethylene interpolymer is formed.
- Reactors 11 a and 12 a shown in FIG. 2 may be operated in series or parallel modes, as described in FIG. 1 above.
- a non-limiting formulation useful in the continuous solution polymerization process may be prepared as follows.
- a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst may be prepared by sequentially added the following components to a stirred mixing vessel: (a) a solution of a magnesium compound (an equivalent term for the magnesium compound is “component (v)”); (b) a solution of a chloride compound (an equivalent term for the chloride compound is “component (vi)”; (c) optionally a solution of an aluminum alkyl halide, and; (d) a solution of a metal compound (an equivalent term for the metal compound is “component (vii)”).
- Suitable, non-limiting examples of aluminum alkyl halides are defined by the formula (R 6 ) v AlX 3-v ; wherein the R 6 groups may be the same or different hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, X represents chloride or bromide, and; v is 1 or 2.
- Suitable, non-limiting examples of the magnesium compound, the chloride compound and the metal compound were described earlier in this disclosure.
- Suitable solvents within which to prepare the procatalyst include linear or branched C 5 to C 12 alkanes or mixtures thereof. Individual mixing times and mixing temperatures may be used in each of steps (a) through (d). The upper limit on mixing temperatures for steps (a) through (d) in some case may be 160° C., in other cases 130° C.
- the lower limit on mixing temperatures for steps (a) through (d) in some cases may be 10° C., in other cases 20° C. and in still other cases 30° C.
- the upper limit on mixing time for steps (a) through (d) in some case may be 6 hours, in other cases 3 hours and in still other cases 1 hour.
- the lower limit on mixing times for steps (a) through (d) in some cases may be 1 minute, in other cases 10 minutes and in still other cases 30 minutes.
- Batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst can have various catalyst component mole ratios.
- the upper limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 3, in other cases about 2.7 and is still other cases about 2.5; the lower limit in some cases may be about 2.0, in other cases about 2.1 and in still other cases about 2.2.
- the upper limit on the (magnesium compound)/(metal compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 10, in other cases about 9 and in still other cases about 8; the lower limit in some cases may be about 5, in other cases about 6 and in still other cases about 7.
- the upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl halide)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 0.5, in other cases about 0.4 and in still other cases about 0.3; the lower limit in some cases may be 0, in other cases about 0.1 and in still other cases about 0.2.
- An active batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is formed when the procatalyst is combined with an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. Suitable co-catalysts were described earlier in this disclosure.
- the procatalyst may be activated external to the reactor or in the reactor; in the latter case, the procatalyst and an appropriate amount of alkyl aluminum co-catalyst are independently injected R 2 and optionally R 3 .
- a batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation stream 60 e that is efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins, is formed by combining batch Ziegler Natta procatalyst stream 60 b (stream S 5 ) with alkyl aluminum co-catalyst stream 60 d (stream S 4 ).
- Stream 60 e is injected into reactor 12 a where the second ethylene interpolymer is formed.
- the following options may be employed: (a) 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be injected into reactor 12 a through stream 60 g , i.e., the batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into reactor 12 a through stream 60 e , or; (b) a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 g and the remaining portion passes through stream 60 d where it combines with stream 60 b forming the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation which is injected into reactor 12 a via stream 60 e.
- FIG. 2 Additional optional embodiments, where a batch heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed, are shown in FIG. 2 where: (a) a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected into tubular reactor 17 through stream 60 f , or; (b) a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is injected into tubular reactor 17 through stream 60 f .
- option (a) 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected directly into reactor 17 via stream 60 h .
- An additional embodiment exists where a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst flows through stream 60 f and the remaining portion flows through stream 60 h . Any combination of tanks or streams 60 a through 60 h may be heated or cooled.
- FIG. 2 includes additional embodiments where a second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly, which is defined by vessels and streams 90 a through 90 f , may be used to optionally inject a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 .
- a second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly which is defined by vessels and streams 90 a through 90 f , may be used to optionally inject a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 .
- the second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is pumped to procatalyst storage tank 90 a shown in FIG. 2 .
- Tank 90 a may, or may not, be agitated.
- Storage tank 90 c contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst.
- a batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation stream 90 e that is efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins, is formed by combining the second batch Ziegler Natta procatalyst stream 90 b (stream S 6 ) with alkyl aluminum co-catalyst stream 90 d (optionally stream).
- Stream 90 e is optionally injected into reactor 17 , wherein an optional third ethylene interpolymer may be formed.
- HUT- 4 the fourth Hold-Up-Time.
- HUT- 4 is the time for stream 60 d (stream S 4 ) to intermix and equilibrate with stream 60 b (batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst) to form the batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into reactor 12 a via in stream 60 e .
- HUT- 4 is the time for stream 60 d to intermix and equilibrate with stream 60 b to from the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into the optional third reactor 17 via stream 60 f , or; HUT- 4 is the time for stream 90 d to intermix and equilibrate with stream 90 b to form the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into reactor 17 via stream 90 e .
- the upper limit on HUT- 4 may be about 300 seconds, in some cases about 200 seconds and in other cases about 100 seconds.
- the lower limit on HUT- 4 may be about 0.1 seconds, in some cases about 1 seconds and in other cases about 10 seconds.
- the quantity of batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst produced and/or the size to procatalyst storage tanks 60 a or 90 a is not particularly important with respect to this disclosure.
- the large quantity of procatalyst produced allows one to operate the continuous solution polymerization plant for an extended period of time: the upper limit on this time in some cases may be about 3 months, in other cases for about 2 months and in still other cases for about 1 month; the lower limit on this time in some cases may be about 1 day, in other cases about 1 week and in still other cases about 2 weeks.
- the quantity of batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst or batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation added to reactor 12 a is expressed as “R 2 (vii) (ppm)”, i.e., the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution.
- the upper limit on R 2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 10 ppm, in some cases about 8 ppm and in other cases about 6 ppm.
- the lower limit on R 2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 0.5 ppm, in some cases about 1 ppm and in other cases about 2 ppm.
- the quantity of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst added to reactor 12 a is optimized to produce an efficient catalyst; this is accomplished by adjusting the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio.
- the upper limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 10, in some cases about 8.0 and is other cases about 6.0.
- the lower limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be 0.5, in some cases about 0.75 and in other cases about 1.
- a third ethylene interpolymer may optionally be formed in reactor 17 by: (a) injecting the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or the first batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 through stream 60 f , or; (b) injecting a chemically distinct second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst into reactor 17 through stream 90 e . As shown in FIG.
- the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be deactivated upstream of reactor 17 by adding catalyst deactivator A via deactivator tank 18 A to form a deactivated solution A (stream 12 e ), or; the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation and optionally the second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be deactivated downstream of reactor 17 by adding catalyst deactivator B via deactivator tank 18 B to form a deactivated solution B (stream 19 ). Deactivated solution A or B then pass through pressure let down device 20 , heat exchange 21 and a passivator may be added via tank 22 forming passivated solution 23 .
- the remaining vessels ( 24 , 25 , 28 and 31 ) and streams ( 26 , 27 , 29 , 39 , 32 and 33 ) and process conditions have been described previously.
- the ethylene interpolymer product stream 33 proceeds to polymer recovery.
- the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams shown in FIG. 2 are sent to a distillation column where solvent, ethylene and optional ⁇ -olefin are separated for later use, or; the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors, or; a portion of the first, second and third gaseous overhead streams are recycled to the reactors and the remaining portion is sent to a distillation column.
- an active single site catalyst formulation is produced by optimizing the proportion of each of the four single site catalyst components, (i) through (iv).
- active means the single site catalyst formulation is very efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins; in practice the optimization objective is to maximize the following ratio: (pounds of ethylene interpolymer product produced)/(pounds of catalyst consumed).
- the quantity of bulky ligand metal complex, component (i), added to R 1 is expressed as the parts per million (ppm) of component (i) in the total mass of the solution in R 1 ; hereafter “R 1 (i) (ppm)”.
- the upper limit on R 1 (i) (ppm) may be about 5, in some cases about 3 and is other cases about 2.
- the lower limit on R 1 (i) (ppm) may be about 0.02, in some cases about 0.05 and in other cases about 0.1.
- the proportion of catalyst component (iii), the ionic activator, added to R 1 is optimized by controlling the (ionic activator)/(bulky ligand-metal complex) molar ratio in the R 1 solution; hereafter “R 1 (iii)/(i)”.
- the upper limit on R 1 (iii)/(i) may be about 10, in some cases about 5 and in other cases about 2.
- the lower limit on R 1 (iii)/(i) may be about 0.1, in some cases about 0.5 and in other cases about 1.0.
- the proportion of catalyst component (ii) is optimized by controlling the (alumoxane)/(bulky ligand-metal complex) molar ratio in the R 1 solution; hereafter “R 1 (ii)/(i)”.
- the alumoxane co-catalyst is generally added in a molar excess relative to the bulky ligand-metal complex.
- the upper limit on R 1 (ii)/(i) may be about 1000, in some cases about 500 and is other cases about 200.
- the lower limit on R 1 (ii)/(i) may be about 1, in some cases about 10 and in other cases about 30.
- catalyst component (iv), the hindered phenol, to R 1 is optional in the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1-2 . If added, the proportion of component (iv) is optimized by controlling the (hindered phenol)/(alumoxane) molar ratio in R 1 ; hereafter “R 1 (iv)/(ii)”.
- the upper limit on R 1 (iv)/(ii) may be about 10, in some cases about 5 and in other cases about 2.
- the lower limit on R 1 (iv)/(ii) may be 0.0, in some cases about 0.1 and in other cases about 0.2.
- any combination of the single site catalyst component streams in FIGS. 1 and 2 may, or may not, be heated or cooled.
- the upper limit on catalyst component stream temperatures may be about 70° C.; in other cases about 60° C. and in still other cases about 50° C.
- the lower limit on catalyst component stream temperatures may be about 0° C.; in other cases about 20° C. and in still other cases about 40° C.
- a variety of solvents may be used as the process solvent; non-limiting examples include linear, branched or cyclic C 5 to C 12 alkanes.
- Non-limiting examples of ⁇ -olefins include 1-propene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene and 1-octene.
- Suitable catalyst component solvents include aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons.
- Non-limiting examples of aliphatic catalyst component solvents include linear, branched or cyclic C 5-12 aliphatic hydrocarbons, e.g.
- Non-limiting examples of aromatic catalyst component solvents include benzene, toluene (methylbenzene), ethylbenzene, o-xylene (1,2-dimethylbenzene), m-xylene (1,3-dimethylbenzene), p-xylene (1,4-dimethylbenzene), mixtures of xylene isomers, hemellitene (1,2,3-trimethylbenzene), pseudocumene (1,2,4-trimethylbenzene), mesitylene (1,3,5-trimethylbenzene), mixtures of trimethylbenzene isomers, prehenitene (1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene), durene (1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene), mixtures of te
- reactor feed streams solvent, monomer, ⁇ -olefin, hydrogen, catalyst formulation etc.
- poisons include trace amounts of oxygenates such as water, fatty acids, alcohols, ketones and aldehydes.
- Such poisons are removed from reactor feed streams using standard purification practices; non-limiting examples include molecular sieve beds, alumina beds and oxygen removal catalysts for the purification of solvents, ethylene and ⁇ -olefins, etc.
- any combination of the CSTR reactor feed streams may be heated or cooled: more specifically, streams 1 - 4 (reactor 11 a ) and streams 6 - 9 (reactor 12 a ).
- the upper limit on reactor feed stream temperatures may be about 90° C.; in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C.
- the lower limit on reactor feed stream temperatures may be about 0° C.; in other cases about 10° C. and in still other cases about 20° C.
- tubular reactor feed streams are tempered, i.e., the tubular reactor feed streams are heated to at least above ambient temperature.
- the upper temperature limit on the tubular reactor feed streams in some cases are about 200° C., in other cases about 170° C. and in still other cases about 140° C.; the lower temperature limit on the tubular reactor feed streams in some cases are about 60° C., in other cases about 90° C. and in still other cases about 120° C.; with the proviso that the temperature of the tubular reactor feed streams are lower than the temperature of the process stream that enters the tubular reactor.
- the operating temperatures of the solution polymerization reactors can vary over a wide range.
- the upper limit on reactor temperatures in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 280° C. and in still other cases about 260° C.; and the lower limit in some cases may be about 80° C., in other cases about 100° C. and in still other cases about 125° C.
- the second reactor, reactor 12 a (R 2 ) is operated at a higher temperature than the first reactor 11 a (R 1 ).
- the maximum temperature difference between these two reactors (T R2 ⁇ T R1 ) in some cases is about 120° C., in other cases about 100° C. and in still other cases about 80° C.; the minimum (T R2 ⁇ T R1 ) in some cases is about 1° C., in other cases about 5° C. and in still other cases about 10° C.
- the optional tubular reactor, reactor 17 (R 3 ) may be operated in some cases about 100° C. higher than R 2 ; in other cases about 60° C. higher than R 2 , in still other cases about 10° C. higher than R 2 and in alternative cases 0° C. higher, i.e. the same temperature as R 2 .
- the temperature within optional R 3 may increase along its length.
- the maximum temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of R 3 in some cases is about 100° C., in other cases about 60° C. and in still other cases about 40° C.
- the minimum temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of R 3 is in some cases may be 0° C., in other cases about 3° C. and in still other cases about 10° C.
- R 3 is operated an adiabatic fashion and in other cases R 3 is heated.
- the pressure in the polymerization reactors should be high enough to maintain the polymerization solution as a single phase solution and to provide the upstream pressure to force the polymer solution from the reactors through a heat exchanger and on to polymer recovery operations.
- the operating pressure of the solution polymerization reactors can vary over a wide range.
- the upper limit on reactor pressure in some cases may be about 45 MPag, in other cases about 30 MPag and in still other cases about 20 MPag; and the lower limit in some cases may be about 3 MPag, in other some cases about 5 MPag and in still other cases about 7 MPag.
- the passivated solution prior to entering the first V/L separator, may have a maximum temperature in some cases of about 300° C., in other cases about 290° C. and in still other cases about 280° C.; the minimum temperature may be in some cases about 150° C., in other cases about 200° C. and in still other cases about 220° C.
- the passivated solution in some cases may have a maximum pressure of about 40 MPag, in other cases about 25 MPag and in still cases about 15 MPag; the minimum pressure in some cases may be about 1.5 MPag, in other cases about 5 MPag and in still other cases about 6 MPag.
- the first V/L separator (vessel 25 in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures.
- the maximum operating temperature of the first V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 285° C. and in still other cases about 270° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 140° C. and in still other cases 170° C.
- the maximum operating pressure of the first V/L separator in some cases may be about 20 MPag, in other cases about 10 MPag and in still other cases about 5 MPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 1 MPag, in other cases about 2 MPag and in still other cases about 3 MPag.
- the second V/L separator (vessel 28 in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures.
- the maximum operating temperature of the second V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 250° C. and in still other cases about 200° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 125° C. and in still other cases about 150° C.
- the maximum operating pressure of the second V/L separator in some cases may be about 1000 kPag, in other cases about 900 kPag and in still other cases about 800 kPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 10 kPag, in other cases about 20 kPag and in still other cases about 30 kPag.
- the third V/L separator (vessel 31 in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures.
- the maximum operating temperature of the third V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 250° C., and in still other cases about 200° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 125° C. and in still other cases about 150° C.
- the maximum operating pressure of the third V/L separator in some cases may be about 500 kPag, in other cases about 150 kPag and in still other cases about 100 kPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 1 kPag, in other cases about 10 kPag and in still other cases about 25 kPag.
- Embodiments of the continuous solution polymerization process shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 show three V/L separators.
- continuous solution polymerization embodiments may include configurations comprising at least one V/L separator.
- the ethylene interpolymer products having improved color produced in the continuous solution polymerization process may be recovered using conventional devolatilization systems that are well known to persons skilled in the art, non-limiting examples include flash devolatilization systems and devolatilizing extruders.
- reactor 11 a (R 1 ) and reactor 12 a (R 2 ) in FIGS. 1 and 2 may be used for reactor 11 a (R 1 ) and reactor 12 a (R 2 ) in FIGS. 1 and 2 ; non-limiting examples include unstirred or stirred spherical, cylindrical or tank-like vessels, as well as tubular reactors or recirculating loop reactors.
- the maximum volume of R 1 in some cases may be about 20,000 gallons (about 75,710 L), in other cases about 10,000 gallons (about 37,850 L) and in still other cases about 5,000 gallons (about 18,930 L).
- the minimum volume of R 1 in some cases may be about 100 gallons (about 379 L), in other cases about 500 gallons (about 1,893 L) and in still other cases about 1,000 gallons (about 3,785 L).
- reactor volumes are typically much smaller, for example the volume of R 1 at pilot scale could be less than about 2 gallons (less than about 7.6 L).
- the volume of reactor R 2 is expressed as a percent of the volume of reactor R 1 .
- the upper limit on the volume of R 2 in some cases may be about 600% of R 1 , in other cases about 400% of R 1 and in still other cases about 200% of R 1 .
- R 2 has a volume of 10,000 gallons.
- the lower limit on the volume of R 2 in some cases may be about 50% of R 1 , in other cases about 100% of R 1 and in still other cases about 150% of R 1 .
- the stirring rate can vary over a wide range; in some cases from about 10 rpm to about 2000 rpm, in other cases from about 100 to about 1500 rpm and in still other cases from about 200 to about 1300 rpm.
- the volume of R 3 the tubular reactor, is expressed as a percent of the volume of reactor R 2 .
- the upper limit on the volume of R 3 in some cases may be about 500% of R 2 , in other cases about 300% of R 2 and in still other cases about 100% of R 2 .
- the lower limit on the volume of R 3 in some cases may be about 3% of R 2 , in other cases about 10% of R 2 and in still other cases about 50% of R 2 .
- the “average reactor residence time”, a commonly used parameter in the chemical engineering art, is defined by the first moment of the reactor residence time distribution; the reactor residence time distribution is a probability distribution function that describes the amount of time that a fluid element spends inside the reactor.
- the average reactor residence time can vary widely depending on process flow rates and reactor mixing, design and capacity.
- the upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 1 in some cases may be about 600 seconds, in other cases about 360 seconds and in still other cases about 180 seconds.
- the lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 1 in some cases may be about 10 seconds, in other cases about 20 seconds and in still other cases about 40 seconds.
- the upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 2 in some cases may be about 720 seconds, in other cases about 480 seconds and in still other cases about 240 seconds.
- the lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 2 in some cases may be about 10 seconds, in other cases about 30 seconds and in still other cases about 60 seconds.
- the upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 3 in some cases may be about 600 seconds, in other cases about 360 seconds and in still other cases about 180 seconds.
- the lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R 3 in some cases may be about 1 second, in other cases about 5 seconds and in still other cases about 10 seconds.
- additional reactors e.g., CSTRs, loops or tubes, etc.
- the number of reactors is not particularly important; with the proviso that the continuous solution polymerization process comprises at least two reactors that employ at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
- the total amount of ethylene supplied to the process can be portioned or split between the three reactors R 1 , R 2 and R 3 .
- ES Ethylene Split
- the upper limit on ES R1 in some cases is about 60%, in other cases about 55% and in still other cases about 50%; the lower limit on ES R1 in some cases is about 10%, in other cases about 15% and in still other cases about 20%.
- the upper limit on ES R2 in some cases is about 90%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 70%; the lower limit on ES R2 in some cases is about 20%, in other cases about 30% and in still other cases about 40%.
- the upper limit on ES R3 in some cases is about 30%, in other cases about 25% and in still other cases about 20%; the lower limit on ES R3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
- the ethylene concentration in each reactor is also controlled.
- the R 1 ethylene concentration is defined as the weight of ethylene in reactor 1 divided by the total weight of everything added to reactor 1 ; the R 2 ethylene concentration (wt %) and R 3 ethylene concentration (wt %) are defined similarly.
- Ethylene concentrations in the reactors in some cases may vary from about 7 weight percent (wt %) to about 25 wt %, in other cases from about 8 wt % to about 20 wt % and in still other cases from about 9 wt % to about 17 wt %.
- the total amount of ethylene converted in each reactor is monitored.
- the term “Q R1 ” refers to the percent of the ethylene added to R 1 that is converted into an ethylene interpolymer by the catalyst formulation.
- Q R2 and Q R3 represent the percent of the ethylene added to R 2 and R 3 that was converted into ethylene interpolymer, in the respective reactor.
- Ethylene conversions can vary significantly depending on a variety of process conditions, e.g. catalyst concentration, catalyst formulation, impurities and poisons.
- the upper limit on both Q R1 and Q R2 in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on both Q R1 and Q R2 in some cases is about 65%, in other cases about 70% and in still other cases about 75%.
- the upper limit on Q R3 in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on Q R3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
- Q T represents the total or overall ethylene conversion across the entire continuous solution polymerization plant; i.e.
- Q T 100 ⁇ [weight of ethylene in the interpolymer product]/([weight of ethylene in the interpolymer product]+[weight of unreacted ethylene]).
- the upper limit on Q T in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on Q T in some cases is about 75%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 85%.
- ⁇ -olefin may be added to the continuous solution polymerization process. If added, ⁇ -olefin may be proportioned or split between R 1 , R 2 and R 3 .
- the upper limit on CS R1 in some cases is 100% (i.e. 100% of the ⁇ -olefin is injected into R 1 ), in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%.
- the lower limit on CS R1 in some cases is 0% (ethylene homopolymer produced in R 1 ), in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
- the upper limit on CS R2 in some cases is about 100% (i.e., 100% of the ⁇ -olefin is injected into reactor 2 ), in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%.
- the lower limit on CS R2 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
- the upper limit on CS R3 in some cases is 100%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%.
- the lower limit on CS R3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
- FIGS. 1 and 2 show catalyst deactivation occurring either: (a) upstream of the tubular reactor by adding a catalyst deactivator A from catalyst deactivator tank 18 A, or; (b) downstream of the tubular reactor by adding a catalyst deactivator B from catalyst deactivator tank 18 B.
- Catalyst deactivator tanks 18 A and 18 B may contain neat (100%) catalyst deactivator, a solution of catalyst deactivator in a solvent, or a slurry of catalyst deactivator in a solvent.
- the chemical composition of catalyst deactivator A and B may be the same, or different.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable solvents include linear or branched C 5 to C 12 alkanes.
- how the catalyst deactivator is added is not particularly important. Once added, the catalyst deactivator substantially stops the polymerization reaction by changing active catalyst species to inactive forms.
- Suitable deactivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include: amines (e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 4,803,259 to Zboril et al.); alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acid (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,105,609 to Machan et al.); water (e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
- the quantify of catalyst deactivator added was determined by the following catalyst deactivator molar ratio: 0.3 ⁇ (catalyst deactivator)/((total catalytic metal)+(alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)+(aluminum alkyl)) ⁇ 2.0; where the catalytic metal is the total moles of (metal A+metal B+optional metal C).
- the upper limit on the catalyst deactivator molar ratio may be about 2, in some cases about 1.5 and in other cases about 0.75.
- the lower limit on the catalyst deactivator molar ratio may be about 0.3, in some cases about 0.35 and in still other cases about 0.4.
- the catalyst deactivator is added in a minimal amount such that the catalyst is deactivated and the polymerization reaction is quenched.
- a passivator or acid scavenger is added to deactivated solution A or B to form a passivated solution, i.e. passivated solution stream 23 .
- Passivator tank 22 may contain neat (100%) passivator, a solution of passivator in a solvent, or a slurry of passivator in a solvent.
- suitable solvents include linear or branched C 5 to C 12 alkanes. In this disclosure, how the passivator is added is not particularly important.
- Suitable passivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acids or hydrotalcites.
- the quantity of passivator added can vary over a wide range. In this disclosure the molar quantity of passivator added was determined by the total moles of chloride compounds added to the solution process, i.e. the chloride compound “component (vi)” plus the metal compound “compound (vii)”.
- a first and second chloride compound and a first and second metal compound may be used, i.e. to form the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations; in this case the amount of passivator added is determined by the total moles all chloride containing compounds.
- the upper limit on passivator mole ratio (moles passivator)/(total chlorides) molar ratio may be 20, in some cases 15 and in other cases 10.
- the lower limit on the (passivator)/(total chlorides) molar ratio may be about 5, in some cases about 7 and in still other cases about 9.
- the passivator is added in the minimal amount to substantially passivate the deactivated solution.
- the first ethylene interpolymer is produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. Referring to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 , if the optional ⁇ -olefin is not added to reactor 1 (R 1 ), then the ethylene interpolymer produced in R 1 is an ethylene homopolymer. If an ⁇ -olefin is added, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the first ethylene interpolymer: (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R1 .
- the upper limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R1 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1.
- the lower limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R1 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5.
- ⁇ 1 refers to the density of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in R 1 .
- the upper limit on ⁇ 1 may be about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm 3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm 3 .
- the lower limit on ⁇ 1 may be about 0.855 g/cm 3 , in some cases about 0.865 g/cm 3 , and; in other cases about 0.875 g/cm 3 .
- CDBI 50 Composition Distribution Branching Index
- the CDBI 50 is defined as the percent of the ethylene interpolymer whose comonomer composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition. It is also well known to those skilled in the art that the CDBI 50 of ethylene interpolymers produced with single-site catalyst formulations are higher relative to the CDBI 50 of ⁇ -olefin containing ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations.
- the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 98%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%.
- the lower limit on the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 70%, in other cases about 75% and in still other cases about 80%.
- the M w /M n of ethylene interpolymers produced with single site catalyst formulations are lower relative to ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations.
- the first ethylene interpolymer has a lower M w /M n relative to the second ethylene interpolymer; where the second ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
- the upper limit on the M w /M n of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.8, in other cases about 2.5 and in still other cases about 2.2.
- the lower limit on the M w /M n the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.7, in other cases about 1.8 and in still other cases about 1.9.
- the first ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the single-site catalyst formulation used.
- catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of catalytic metal in the first ethylene interpolymer, where metal refers to the metal in component (i), i.e. the metal in the “bulky ligand-metal complex”; hereafter this metal will be referred to “metal A”.
- metal A include Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium.
- the upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.0 ppm, in other cases about 0.9 ppm and in still other cases about 0.8 ppm.
- the lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.01 ppm, in other cases about 0.1 ppm and in still other cases about 0.2 ppm.
- the amount of hydrogen added to R 1 can vary over a wide range allowing the continuous solution process to produce first ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter I 2 1 (melt index is measured at 190° C. using a 2.16 kg load following the procedures outlined in ASTM D1238). This is accomplished by adjusting the hydrogen flow rate in stream 4 (as shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 ).
- the quantity of hydrogen added to R 1 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R 1 relative to the total mass in reactor R 1 ; hereafter H 2 R1 (ppm).
- H 2 R1 ranges from about 100 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in alternative cases from about 20 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm.
- the upper limit on I 2 1 may be about 200 dg/min, in some cases about 100 dg/min; in other cases about 50 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 1 dg/min.
- the lower limit on I 2 1 may be about 0.01 dg/min, in some cases about 0.05 dg/min; in other cases about 0.1 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.5 dg/min.
- the upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 60 wt %, in other cases about 55 wt % and in still other cases about 50 wt %.
- the lower limit on the wt % of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 15 wt %; in other cases about 25 wt % and in still other cases about 30 wt %.
- the ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 12 a (R 2 ) is an ethylene homopolymer. If an optional ⁇ -olefin is present in R 2 , the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the second ethylene interpolymer produced in R 2 : (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R2 .
- the upper limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R2 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1.
- the lower limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R2 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5.
- the symbol “ ⁇ 2 ” refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R 2 .
- the upper limit on ⁇ 2 may be about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm 3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm 3 .
- the lower limit on ⁇ 2 may be about 0.89 g/cm 3 , in some cases about 0.90 g/cm 3 , and; in other cases about 0.91 g/cm 3 .
- the ranges disclosed in this paragraph also apply to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 .
- a heterogeneous catalyst formulation is used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer. If the second ethylene interpolymer contains an ⁇ -olefin, the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer is lower relative to the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer that was produced with a single-site catalyst formulation.
- the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 70%, in other cases about 65% and in still other cases about 60%.
- the lower limit on the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an ⁇ -olefin) may be about 45%, in other cases about 50% and in still other cases about 55%.
- the second ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer.
- a homopolymer which does not contain ⁇ -olefin, one can still measure a CDBI 50 using TREF.
- the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI 50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%.
- the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI 50 of the second ethylene interpolymer.
- the M w /M n of second ethylene interpolymer is higher than the M w /M n of the first ethylene interpolymer.
- the upper limit on the M w /M n of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 4.4, in other cases about 4.2 and in still other cases about 4.0.
- the lower limit on the M w /M n of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2.
- M w /M n 's of 2.2 are observed when the melt index of the second ethylene interpolymer is high, or when the melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product is high, e.g., greater than 10 dg/minute.
- the lower limit on the M w /M n of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6.
- the second ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
- heterogeneous catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of catalytic metal in the second ethylene interpolymer, where the metal refers to the metal originating from “component (vii)”, i.e., the metal compound; hereafter this metal will be referred to as “metal B”.
- metal B include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8.
- the upper limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm.
- the lower limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, in series mode of operation it is believed that the chemical environment within the second reactor deactivates the single site catalyst formulation, or; in parallel mode of operation the chemical environment within stream 12 d deactivates the single site catalyst formation.
- the amount of hydrogen added to R 2 can vary over a wide range which allows the continuous solution process to produce second ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter I 2 2 . This is accomplished by adjusting the hydrogen flow rate in stream 9 .
- the quantity of hydrogen added is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R 2 relative to the total mass in reactor R 2 ; hereafter H 2 R2 (ppm). In some cases H 2 R2 (ppm) ranges from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in some cases from about 25 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 10 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm.
- the upper limit on I 2 2 may be about 1000 dg/min; in some cases about 750 dg/min; in other cases about 500 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min.
- the lower limit on I 2 2 may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min, in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min.
- the upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 85 wt %, in other cases about 80 wt % and in still other cases about 70 wt %.
- the lower limit on the wt % of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt %; in other cases about 40 wt % and in still other cases about 50 wt %.
- a third ethylene interpolymer is not produced in reactor 17 (R 3 ) if catalyst deactivator A is added upstream of reactor 17 via catalyst deactivator tank 18 A. If catalyst deactivator A is not added and optional ⁇ -olefin is not added to reactor 17 either through fresh ⁇ -olefin stream 15 or carried over from reactor 12 a (R 2 ) in stream 12 c (series mode) or stream 12 d (parallel mode) then the ethylene interpolymer produced in reactor 17 is an ethylene homopolymer.
- the following weight ratio determines the density of the third ethylene interpolymer: (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R3 .
- (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R3 is one of the control parameter used to produce a third ethylene interpolymer with a desired density.
- the upper limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R3 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1.
- the lower limit on (( ⁇ -olefin)/(ethylene)) R3 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5.
- the symbol “03” refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R 3 .
- the upper limit on ⁇ 3 may be about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm 3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm 3 .
- the lower limit on ⁇ 3 may be about 0.89 g/cm 3 , in some cases about 0.90 g/cm 3 , and; in other cases about 0.91 g/cm 3 .
- a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be added to R 3 .
- the ranges disclosed in this paragraph also apply to the embodiments shown in FIG. 2 .
- the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 65%, in other cases about 60% and in still other cases about 55%.
- the CDBI 50 of an ⁇ -olefin containing optional third ethylene interpolymer will be lower than the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer produced with the single-site catalyst formulation.
- the lower limit on the CDBI 50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer (containing an ⁇ -olefin) may be about 35%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 45%. If an ⁇ -olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the optional third ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer.
- the upper limit on the CDBI 50 may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI 50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%.
- the CDBI 50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI 50 of the third ethylene interpolymer and second ethylene interpolymer.
- the upper limit on the M w /M n of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 5.0, in other cases about 4.8 and in still other cases about 4.5.
- the lower limit on the M w /M n of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2, in other cases about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6.
- the M w /M n of the optional third ethylene interpolymer is higher than the M w /M n of the first ethylene interpolymer.
- the catalyst residues in the optional third ethylene interpolymer reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation(s) used, i.e. the first and optionally a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
- the chemical compositions of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same or different; for example, a first component (vii) and a second component (vii) may be used to synthesize the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
- metal B refers to the metal that originates from the first component (vii).
- metal C refers to the metal that originates from the second component (vii).
- Metal B and optional metal C may be the same, or different.
- Non-limiting examples of metal B and metal C include metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected from Group 4 through Group 8.
- the upper limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm.
- the lower limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
- optional hydrogen may be added to the tubular reactor (R 3 ) via stream 16 .
- the amount of hydrogen added to R 3 may vary over a wide range. Adjusting the amount of hydrogen in R 3 , hereafter H 2 R3 (ppm), allows the continuous solution process to produce optional third ethylene interpolymers that differ widely in melt index, hereafter I 2 3 .
- the amount of optional hydrogen added to R 3 ranges from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in some cases from about 25 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 10 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm.
- the upper limit on I 2 3 may be about 2000 dg/min; in some cases about 1500 dg/min; in other cases about 1000 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 500 dg/min.
- the lower limit on I 2 3 may be about 0.5 dg/min, in some cases about 0.6 dg/min, in other cases about 0.7 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.8 dg/min.
- the upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt %, in other cases about 25 wt % and in still other cases about 20 wt %.
- the lower limit on the wt % of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be 0 wt %; in other cases about 5 wt % and in still other cases about 10 wt %.
- the upper limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.975 g/cm 3 ; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm 3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm 3 .
- the lower limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.869 g/cm 3 , in some cases about 0.879 g/cm 3 , and; in other cases about 0.889 g/cm 3 .
- the upper limit on the CDBI 50 of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 97%, in other cases about 90% and in still other cases about 85%.
- An ethylene interpolymer product with a CDBI 50 of 97% may result if an ⁇ -olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process; in this case, the ethylene interpolymer product is an ethylene homopolymer.
- the lower limit on the CDBI 50 of an ethylene interpolymer may be about 20%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 60%.
- the upper limit on the M w /M n of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 25, in other cases about 15 and in still other cases about 9.
- the lower limit on the M w /M n of the ethylene interpolymer product may be 2.0, in other cases about 2.2 and in still other cases about 2.4.
- the catalyst residues in the ethylene interpolymer product reflect the chemical compositions of: the single-site catalyst formulation employed in R 1 ; the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R 2 , and; optionally the first or optionally the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R 3 .
- catalyst residues were quantified by measuring the parts per million of catalytic metal in the ethylene interpolymer products.
- the elemental quantities (ppm) of magnesium, chlorine and aluminum were quantified.
- Catalytic metals originate from two or optionally three sources, specifically: 1) “metal A” that originates from component (i) that was used to form the single-site catalyst formulation; (2) “metal B” that originates from the first component (vii) that was used to form the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation, and; (3) optionally “metal C” that originates from the second component (vii) that was used to form the optional second heterogeneous catalyst formulation.
- Metals A, B and C may be the same or different.
- total catalytic metal is equivalent to the sum of catalytic metals A+B+C.
- first total catalytic metal” and “second total catalyst metal” are used to differentiate between the amount of catalytic metal in the first and second ethylene interpolymer.
- the upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.6 ppm, in other cases about 0.5 ppm and in still other cases about 0.4 ppm.
- the lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.001 ppm, in other cases about 0.01 ppm and in still other cases about 0.03 ppm.
- the upper limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7 ppm.
- the lower limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
- ethylene interpolymers may be produced where the catalytic metals (metals A, B and C) are the same metal; a non-limiting example would be titanium.
- the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product is calculated using equation (VII):
- ppm (B+C) ((ppm (A+B+C) ⁇ ( f A ⁇ ppm A ))/(1 ⁇ f A ) (VII)
- ppm (B+C) is the calculated ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product
- ppm (A+B+C) is the total ppm of catalyst residue in the ethylene interpolymer product as measured experimentally, i.e. (metal A ppm+metal B ppm+metal C ppm)
- f A represents the weight fraction of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product, f A may vary from about 0.15 to about 0.6
- ppm A represents the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer.
- equation (VII) ppm A is assumed to be 0.35 ppm.
- Embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have lower catalyst residues relative to the polyethylene polymers described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,931.
- Higher catalyst residues in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,931 increase the complexity of the continuous solution polymerization process; an example of increased complexity includes additional purification steps to remove catalyst residues from the polymer. In contrast, in the present disclosure, catalyst residues are not removed.
- the upper limit on the “total catalytic metal”, i.e., the total ppm of (metal A ppm+metal B ppm+optional metal C ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7, and; the lower limit on the total ppm of catalyst residuals (metal A+metal B+optional metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
- the upper limit on melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 500 dg/min, in some cases about 400 dg/min; in other cases about 300 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min.
- the lower limit on the melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min; in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min.
- Example 13 A computer generated ethylene interpolymer product is illustrated in Table 3; this simulations was based on fundamental kinetic models (with kinetic constants specific for each catalyst formulation) as well as feed and reactor conditions. The simulation was based on the configuration of the solution pilot plant described below; which was used to produce the examples of ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein. Simulated Example 13 was synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation (PIC-1) in R 1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in R 2 and R 3 .
- PIC-1 single-site catalyst formulation
- R 1 an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation
- Table 7 discloses a non-limiting example of the density, melt index and molecular weights of the first, second and third ethylene interpolymers produced in the three reactors (R 1 , R 2 and R 3 ); these three interpolymers are combined to produce Simulated Example 13 (the ethylene polymer product).
- the Simulated Example 13 product has a density of 0.9169 g/cm 3 , a melt index of 1.0 dg/min, a branch frequency of 12.1 (the number of C 6 -branches per 1000 carbon atoms (1-octene comonomer)) and a M w /M n of 3.11.
- Simulated Example 13 comprises: a first, second and third ethylene interpolymer having a first, second and third melt index of 0.31 dg/min, 1.92 dg/min and 4.7 dg/min, respectively; a first, second and third density of 0.9087 g/cm 3 , 0.9206 g/cm 3 and 0.9154 g/cm 3 , respectively; a first, second and third M w /M n of 2.03 M w /M n , 3.29 M w /M n and 3.28 M w /M n , respectively, and; a first, second and third CDBI 50 of 90 to 95%, 55 to 60% and 45 to 55%, respectively.
- the simulated production rate of Simulated Example 13 was 90.9 kg/hr and the R 3 exit temperature was 217.1° C.
- Tables 1A through 1C summarize solution process conditions used to produce ethylene interpolymer products Example 6 and 7, as well as Comparative Example 3; the target melt index and density targets of these samples were 0.60 dg/min and 0.915 g/cm 3 .
- Example 6 and 7 were produced using a single-site catalyst in R 1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in R 2 .
- Comparative Example 3 was produced using a single-site catalyst in both reactors R 1 and R 2 .
- Table 1A-1C show higher production rates (kg/h) for Examples 6 and 7, relative to Comparative Example 3.
- ethylene interpolymer products were produced at 85.2 and 94 kg/h, respectively; 13% and 24% higher, respectively, relative to Comparative Example 3 at 75.6 kg/h.
- Examples 6 and 7 are two non-limiting embodiments of this disclosure; selected physical properties of Examples 6 and 7 are summarized in Table 2.
- Example 6 is an ethylene interpolymer product that has a Dilution Index (Y d ) of 4.69; a Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) of ⁇ 0.08; 5.2 ppm of total catalytic metal (titanium), and; 0.038 terminal vinyls/100 carbon atoms.
- the Dilution Index (Y d ) and Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) are fully described in the next section of this disclosure.
- FIG. 3 the Dilution Index (Y d , having dimensions of ° (degrees)) and Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) are plotted for several embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein (the solid symbols), as well as comparative ethylene interpolymer products, i.e., Comparative A, D, E and S. Further, FIG. 3 defines the following three quadrants:
- Comparative S is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising an ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in one solution reactor, i.e. SCLAIR® FP120-C which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada).
- Comparatives D and E are ethylene interpolymer products comprising a first ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation and a second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation employing a dual reactor solution process, i.e. Elite® 5100G and Elite® 5400G, respectively, both ethylene/1-octene interpolymers available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA).
- Comparative A (open square, Y d >0 and X d ⁇ 0) was an ethylene interpolymer product comprising a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation in a dual reactor solution process, i.e., SURPASS® FPs117-C which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada).
- blends of ethylene interpolymers may exhibit a hierarchical structure in the melt phase.
- the ethylene interpolymer components may be, or may not be, homogeneous down to the molecular level depending on interpolymer miscibility and the physical history of the blend.
- Such hierarchical physical structure in the melt is expected to have a strong impact on flow and hence on processing and converting; as well as the end-use properties of manufactured articles.
- the nature of this hierarchical physical structure between interpolymers can be characterized.
- the hierarchical physical structure of ethylene interpolymers can be characterized using melt rheology.
- a convenient method can be based on the small amplitude frequency sweep tests.
- Such rheology results are expressed as the phase angle ⁇ as a function of complex modulus G*, referred to as van Gurp-Palmen plots (as described in M. Van Gurp, J. Palmen, Rheol. Bull. (1998) 67(1): 5-8, and; Dealy J, Plazek D. Rheol. Bull. (2009) 78(2): 16-31).
- van Gurp-Palmen plots as described in M. Van Gurp, J. Palmen, Rheol. Bull. (1998) 67(1): 5-8, and; Dealy J, Plazek D. Rheol. Bull. (2009) 78(2): 16-31).
- the phase angle S increases toward its upper bound of 90° with G* becoming sufficiently low.
- a typical VGP plot is shown in FIG. 4 .
- the VGP plots are a signature of resin architecture.
- the rise of ⁇ toward 90° is monotonic for an ideally linear, monodisperse interpolymer.
- the S(G*) for a branched interpolymer or a blend containing a branched interpolymer may show an inflection point that reflects the topology of the branched interpolymer (see S. Trinkle, P. Walter, C. Friedrich, Rheo. Acta (2002) 41: 103-113).
- the deviation of the phase angle ⁇ from the monotonic rise may indicate a deviation from the ideal linear interpolymer either due to presence of long chain branching if the inflection point is low (e.g., ⁇ 20°) or a blend containing at least two interpolymers having dissimilar branching structure if the inflection point is high (e.g., ⁇ 70 ⁇ ).
- the coordinates (G c *, ⁇ c ) are compared to a reference sample of interest to form the following two parameters:
- the Dilution Index (Y d ) reflects whether the blend behaves like a simple blend of linear ethylene interpolymers (lacking hierarchical structure in the melt) or shows a distinctive response that reflects a hierarchical physical structure within the melt. The lower the Y d , the more the sample shows separate responses from the ethylene interpolymers that comprise the blend; the higher the Y d the more the sample behaves like a single component, or single ethylene interpolymer.
- Type I (upper left quadrant) ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid symbols) have Y d >0; in contrast, Type III (lower right quadrant) comparative ethylene interpolymers, Comparative D and E have Y d ⁇ 0.
- the first ethylene interpolymer (single-site catalyst) and the second ethylene interpolymer (in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst) behave as a simple blend of two ethylene interpolymers and a hierarchical structure within the melt does not exist.
- the melt comprising a first ethylene interpolymer (single-site catalyst) and a second ethylene interpolymer (batch Ziegler Natta catalyst) possesses a hierarchical structure.
- the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure fall into one of two quadrants: Type I with X d ⁇ 0, or; Type II with X d >0.
- the Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) reflects differences (relative to the reference sample) that are related to the overall molecular weight, molecular weight distribution (M w /M n ) and short chain branching.
- the Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) may be considered to be related to the M w /M n and the radius of gyration ( ⁇ R g >2) of the ethylene interpolymer in the melt; conceptually, increasing X d has similar effects as increasing M w /M n and/or ⁇ R g >2, without the risk of including lower molecular weight fraction and sacrificing certain related properties.
- Comparative A comprises a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized with a single-site catalyst
- the solution process disclosed herein enables the manufacture of ethylene interpolymer products having higher X d .
- X d increases the macromolecular coils of higher molecular weight fraction are more expanded (conceptually higher ⁇ R g >2) and upon crystallization the probability of tie chain formation is increased resulting in higher toughness properties; the polyethylene art is replete with disclosures that correlate higher toughness (higher dart impact in film applications and improved ESCR and/or PENT in molding applications) with an increasing probability of tie chain formation.
- the upper limit on Y d may be about 20, in some cases about 15 and is other cases about 13.
- the lower limit on Y d may be about ⁇ 30, in some cases ⁇ 25, in other cases ⁇ 20 and in still other cases ⁇ 15.
- the upper limit on X d is 1.0, in some cases about 0.95 and in other cases about 0.9.
- the lower limit on X d is ⁇ 2, in some cases ⁇ 1.5 and in still other cases ⁇ 1.0.
- the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are further characterized by a terminal vinyl unsaturation greater than or equal to 0.03 terminal vinyl groups per 100 carbon atoms ( ⁇ 0.03 terminal vinyls/100 C); as determine via Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy according to ASTM ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98.
- FTIR Fourier Transform Infrared
- FIG. 6 compares the terminal vinyl/100 C content of the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure with several Comparatives.
- the data shown in FIG. 6 is also tabulated in Tables 5A and 5B.
- All of the comparatives in FIG. 6 and Tables 5A and 5B are Elite® products available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA); Elite products are ethylene interpolymers produced in a dual reactor solution process and comprise an interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst and an interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst: Comparative B is Elite 5401G; Comparative C is Elite 5400G; Comparative E and E2 are Elite 5500G; Comparative G is Elite 5960; Comparative H and H2 are Elite 5100G; Comparative I is Elite 5940G, and; Comparative J is Elite 5230G.
- the average terminal vinyl content in the ethylene interpolymer of this disclosure was 0.045 terminal vinyls/100 C; in contrast, the average terminal vinyl content in the Comparative samples was 0.023 terminal vinyls/100 C.
- the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are further characterized by having ⁇ 3 parts per million (ppm) of total catalytic metal (Ti); where the quantity of catalytic metal was determined by Neutron Activation Analysis (N.A.A.) as specified herein.
- FIG. 7 compares the total catalytic metal content of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers with several Comparatives; FIG. 7 data is also tabulated in Tables 6A and 6B. All of the comparatives in FIG. 7 and Tables 6A and 6B are Elite® products available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA), for additional detail see the section above.
- the average total catalytic metal content in the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure was 7.02 ppm of titanium; in contrast, the average total catalytic metal content in the Comparative samples was 1.63 ppm of titanium.
- Ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein may be converted into a wide variety of flexible manufactured articles.
- Non-limiting examples include monolayer or multilayer films. Such films are well known to those of ordinary sill in the art.
- Non-limiting examples of processes to prepare such films include blown film and cast film processes.
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be converted into films that span a wide range of thicknesses.
- Non-limiting examples include, food packaging films where thicknesses may range from about 0.5 mil (13 ⁇ m) to about 4 mil (102 ⁇ m), and; in heavy duty sack applications film thickness may range from about 2 mil (51 ⁇ m) to about 10 mil (254 ⁇ m).
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be used in monolayer films; where the monolayer comprises one or more of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products and optionally additional thermoplastics; non-limiting examples of thermoplastics include ethylene polymers and propylene polymers.
- the lower limit on the weight percent of the ethylene interpolymer product in a monolayer film may be about 3 wt %, in other cases about 10 wt % and in still other cases about 30 wt %.
- the upper limit on the weight percent of the ethylene interpolymer product in the monolayer film may be 100 wt %, in other cases about 90 wt % and in still other cases about 70 wt %.
- the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein may also be used in one or more layers of a multilayer film; non-limiting examples of multilayer films include three, five, seven, nine, eleven or more layers.
- the thickness of a specific layer (containing one or more ethylene interpolymer product(s)) within the multilayer film may be about 5%, in other cases about 15% and in still other cases about 30% of the total multilayer film thickness. In other embodiments, the thickness of a specific layer (containing one or more ethylene interpolymer product(s)) within the multilayer film may be about 95%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 65% of the total multilayer film thickness.
- Each individual layer of a multilayer film may contain more than one ethylene interpolymer product and/or additional thermoplastics.
- Additional embodiments include laminations and coatings, wherein mono or multilayer films containing the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products are extrusion laminated or adhesively laminated or extrusion coated.
- extrusion lamination or adhesive lamination two or more substrates are bonded together with a thermoplastic or an adhesive, respectively.
- extrusion coating a thermoplastic is applied to the surface of a substrate.
- the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein can be used in a wide range of manufactured articles comprising one or more films (monolayer or multilayer).
- manufactured articles include: food packaging films (fresh and frozen foods, liquids and granular foods), stand-up pouches, retortable packaging and bag-in-box packaging; barrier films (oxygen, moisture, aroma, oil, etc.) and modified atmosphere packaging; light and heavy duty shrink films and wraps, collation shrink film, pallet shrink film, shrink bags, shrink bundling and shrink shrouds; light and heavy duty stretch films, hand stretch wrap, machine stretch wrap and stretch hood films; high clarity films; heavy-duty sacks; household wrap, overwrap films and sandwich bags; industrial and institutional films, trash bags, can liners, magazine overwrap, newspaper bags, mail bags, sacks and envelopes, bubble wrap, carpet film, furniture bags, garment bags, coin bags, auto panel films; medical applications such as gowns, draping and surgical garb; construction films and sheeting, asphalt films, insulation bags,
- Additional manufactured articles comprising one or more films containing at least one ethylene interpolymer product include laminates and/or multilayer films; sealants and tie layers in multilayer films and composites; laminations with paper; aluminum foil laminates or laminates containing vacuum deposited aluminum; polyamide laminates; polyester laminates; extrusion coated laminates, and; hot-melt adhesive formulations.
- the manufactured articles summarized in this paragraph contain at least one film (monolayer or multilayer) comprising at least one embodiment of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products.
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have performance attributes that are advantageous in many flexible applications.
- the performance attribute(s) required depends on how the film will be used, i.e., the specific film application the film is employed in.
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a desirable balance of properties.
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g. tensile and/or flex modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., impact and puncture); higher heat deflection temperatures; higher Vicat softening point; improved color (WI and YI); higher melt strength, and; improved heat sealing properties (e.g., heat sealing and hot tack).
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be converted into a wide variety of rigid manufactured articles, non-limiting examples include: deli containers, margarine tubs, drink cups and produce trays, bottle cap liners and bottle caps (for carbonated or non-carbonated fluids), closures (including closures with living hinge functionality), household and industrial containers, cups, bottles, pails, crates, tanks, drums, bumpers, lids, industrial bulk containers, industrial vessels, material handling containers, toys, bins, playground equipment, recreational equipment, boats, marine equipment, safety equipment (helmets), wire and cable applications such as power cables, communication cables and conduits, flexible tubing and hoses, pipe applications including both pressure pipe and non-pressure pipe markets (e.g., natural gas distribution, water mains, interior plumbing, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, corrugated pipes and conduit), foamed articles manufactured from foamed sheet or bun foam, military packaging (equipment and ready meals), personal care packaging, diapers and sanitary products, cosmetic/pharmaceutical/medical packaging, truck bed liners,
- the rigid manufactured articles summarized above contain one or more of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products or a blend of at least one ethylene interpolymer product with at least one other thermoplastic. Further, the rigid manufactured articles summarized above may be multilayer, comprising at least one layer comprising one or more ethylene interpolymer product or a blend of at least one ethylene interpolymer product with at least one other thermoplastic. Such rigid manufactured articles may be fabricated using the following non-limiting processes: injection molding, compression molding, blow molding, rotomolding, profile extrusion, pipe extrusion, sheet thermoforming and foaming processes employing chemical or physical blowing agents.
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have performance attributes that are advantageous in many rigid applications.
- the specific performance attribute required depends on how the article will be used, i.e., the specific application.
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a desirable balance of properties.
- the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g., flexural modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., ESCR, PENT, IZOD impact, arm impact, Dynatup impact or Charpy impact resistance); higher melt strength, higher heat deflection temperature; higher Vicat softening temperatures, improved color (WI and YI), and; faster crystallization rates.
- additives and adjuvants include, anti-blocking agents, antioxidants, heat stabilizers, slip agents, processing aids, anti-static additives, colorants, dyes, filler materials, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, light absorbers, lubricants, pigments, plasticizers, nucleating agents and combinations thereof.
- suitable primary antioxidants include Irganox 1010 [CAS Reg. No. 6683-19-8] and Irganox 1076 [CAS Reg. No. 2082-79-3]; both available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable secondary antioxidants include Irgafos 168 [CAS Reg. No. 31570-04-4], available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A.; Weston 705 [CAS Reg. No. 939402-02-5], available from Addivant, Danbury Conn., U.S.A. and; Doverphos Igp-11 [CAS Reg. No. 1227937-46-3] available form Dover Chemical Corporation, Dover Ohio, U.S.A.
- each specimen was conditioned for at least 24 hours at 23 ⁇ 2C and 50 ⁇ 10% relative humidity and subsequent testing was conducted at 23 ⁇ 2° C. and 50 ⁇ 10% relative humidity.
- ASTM conditions refers to a laboratory that is maintained at 23 ⁇ 2C and 50 ⁇ 10% relative humidity; and specimens to be tested were conditioned for at least 24 hours in this laboratory prior to testing.
- ASTM refers to the American Society for Testing and Materials.
- Ethylene interpolymer product densities were determined using ASTM D792-13 (Nov. 1, 2013).
- Ethylene interpolymer product melt index was determined using ASTM D1238 (Aug. 1, 2013). Melt indexes, I 2 , I 6 , I 10 and I 21 were measured at 190° C., using weights of 2.16 kg, 6.48 kg, 10 kg and a 21.6 kg respectively. Melt index is commonly report with units of g/10 minute or dg/minute; these units are equivalent and the latter was used in this disclosure.
- stress exponent or its acronym “S.Ex.”, is defined by the following relationship:
- melt index was expressed using the units of g/10 minute or g/10 min or dg/minute or dg/min; these units are equivalent.
- Ethylene interpolymer product molecular weights M n , M w and M z , as well the as the polydispersity (M w /M n ), were determined using ASTM D6474-12 (Dec. 15, 2012). This method illuminates the molecular weight distributions of ethylene interpolymer products by high temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The method uses commercially available polystyrene standards to calibrate the GPC.
- the quantity of unsaturated groups, i.e. double bonds, in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined according to ASTM D3124-98 (vinylidene unsaturation, published March 2011) and ASTM D6248-98 (vinyl and trans unsaturation, published July 2012).
- An ethylene interpolymer sample was: a) first subjected to a carbon disulfide extraction to remove additives that may interfere with the analysis; b) the sample (pellet, film or granular form) was pressed into a plaque of uniform thickness (0.5 mm), and; c) the plaque was analyzed by FTIR.
- the quantity of comonomer in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined by FTIR (Fourier Transform Infrared spectroscopy) according to ASTM D6645-01 (published January 2010).
- CDBI Composition Distribution Branching Index
- the “Composition Distribution Branching Index” or “CDBI” of the disclosed Examples and Comparative Examples were determined using a crystal-TREF unit commercially available form Polymer ChAR (Valencia, Spain).
- the acronym “TREF” refers to Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation.
- a sample of ethylene interpolymer product (80 to 100 mg) was placed in the reactor of the Polymer ChAR crystal-TREF unit, the reactor was filled with 35 ml of 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB), heated to 150° C. and held at this temperature for 2 hours to dissolve the sample.
- TBCB 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene
- a TREF distribution curve was generated as the ethylene interpolymer product was eluted from the TREF column, i.e., a TREF distribution curve is a plot of the quantity (or intensity) of ethylene interpolymer eluting from the column as a function of TREF elution temperature.
- a CDBI 50 was calculated from the TREF distribution curve for each ethylene interpolymer product analyzed.
- the “CDBI 50 ” is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition (25% on each side of the median comonomer composition); it is calculated from the TREF composition distribution curve and the normalized cumulative integral of the TREF composition distribution curve.
- a calibration curve is required to convert a TREF elution temperature to comonomer content, i.e. the amount of comonomer in the ethylene interpolymer fraction that elutes at a specific temperature. The generation of such calibration curves are described in the prior art, e.g., Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455: hereby fully incorporated by reference.
- NAA Neutron Activation Analysis
- NAA Neutron Activation Analysis
- the average thermal neutron flux within the reactor was 5 ⁇ 10 11 /cm 2 /s.
- samples were withdrawn from the reactor and aged, allowing the radioactivity to decay; short half-life elements were aged for 300 seconds or long half-life elements were aged for several days.
- the gamma-ray spectrum of the sample was recorded using a germanium semiconductor gamma-ray detector (Ortec model GEM55185, Advanced Measurement Technology Inc., Oak Ridge, Tenn., USA) and a multichannel analyzer (Ortec model DSPEC Pro). The amount of each element in the sample was calculated from the gamma-ray spectrum and recorded in parts per million relative to the total weight of the ethylene interpolymer sample.
- the Y d and X d data generated are summarized in Table 4.
- the flow properties of the ethylene interpolymer products e.g., the melt strength and melt flow ratio (MFR) are well characterized by the Dilution Index (Y d ) and the Dimensionless Modulus (X d ) as detailed below.
- MFR melt strength and melt flow ratio
- Y d Dilution Index
- X d Dimensionless Modulus
- melt strength (hereafter MS) values of the disclosed Examples and the Comparative Examples were found to follow the same equation, confirming that the characteristic VGP point (( ⁇ square root over (2) ⁇ )G c */G x *, ⁇ c ) and the derived regrouped coordinates (X d , Y d ) represent the structure well:
- MS a 00 +a 10 log ⁇ 0 ⁇ a 20 (90 ⁇ c ) ⁇ a 30 (( ⁇ square root over (2) ⁇ )G c */G x *) ⁇ a 40 (90 ⁇ c )(( ⁇ square root over (2) ⁇ )G c */G x *)
- polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e. several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
- Examples of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products were produced in a continuous solution polymerization pilot plant comprising reactors arranged in series configuration. Methylpentane was used as the process solvent (a commercial blend of methylpentane isomers).
- the volume of the first CSTR reactor (R 1 ) was 3.2 gallons (12 L)
- the volume of the second CSTR reactor (R 2 ) was 5.8 gallons (22 L)
- the volume of the tubular reactor (R 3 ) was 4.8 gallons (18 L).
- Examples of ethylene interpolymer products were produced using an R 1 pressure from about 14 MPa to about 18 MPa; R 2 was operated at a lower pressure to facilitate continuous flow from R 1 to R 2 .
- R 1 and R 2 were operated in series mode, wherein the first exit stream from R 1 flows directly into R 2 . Both CSTR's were agitated to give conditions in which the reactor contents were well mixed. The process was operated continuously by feeding fresh process solvent, ethylene, 1-octene and hydrogen to the reactors.
- the single site catalyst components used were: component (i), cyclopentadienyl tri(tertiary butyl)phosphinimine titanium dichloride, (Cp[(t-Bu) 3 PN]TiCl 2 ), hereafter PIC-1; component (ii), methylaluminoxane (MAO-07); component (iii), trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate, and; component (iv), 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol.
- the single site catalyst component solvents used were methylpentane for components (ii) and (iv) and xylene for components (i) and (iii).
- R 1 (i) (ppm) The quantity of PIC-1 added to R 1 , “R 1 (i) (ppm)” is shown in Table 1A; to be clear, in Example 6 in Table 1A, the solution in R 1 contained 0.09 ppm of component (i), i.e., PIC-1.
- the single site catalyst formulation was injected into R 1 using process solvent, the flow rate of this catalyst containing solvent was about 30 kg/hr.
- the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared from the following components: component (v), butyl ethyl magnesium; component (vi), tertiary butyl chloride; component (vii), titanium tetrachloride; component (viii), diethyl aluminum ethoxide, and; component (ix), triethyl aluminum. Methylpentane was used as the catalyst component solvent.
- the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared using the following steps.
- step one a solution of triethylaluminum and dibutylmagnesium ((triethylaluminum)/(dibutylmagnesium) molar ratio of 20) was combined with a solution of tertiary butyl chloride and allowed to react for about 30 seconds (HUT- 1 ); in step two, a solution of titanium tetrachloride was added to the mixture formed in step one and allowed to react for about 14 seconds (HUT- 2 ), and; in step three, the mixture formed in step two was allowed to reactor for an additional 3 seconds (HUT- 3 ) prior to injection into R 2 .
- the in-line Ziegler-Natta procatalyst formulation was injected into R 2 using process solvent, the flow rate of the catalyst containing solvent was about 49 kg/hr.
- the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was formed in R 2 by injecting a solution of diethyl aluminum ethoxide into R 2 .
- the quantity of titanium tetrachloride “R 2 (vii) (ppm)” added to reactor 2 (R 2 ) is shown in Table 1A; to be clear in Example 6 the solution in R 2 contained 3.2 ppm of TiCl 4 .
- the mole ratios of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst components are also shown in Table 1A, specifically: R 2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio, i.e., [(tertiary butyl chloride)/(butyl ethyl magnesium)]; R 2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio, i.e., [(diethyl aluminum ethoxide)/(titanium tetrachloride)], and; R 2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio, i.e., [(triethyl aluminum)/(titanium tetrachloride)].
- 100% of the diethyl aluminum ethoxide in stream 10 d , component (viii) was added to reactor 12 a via stream 10 h.
- Comparative Example 3 a single site catalyst formulation was employed in both reactor 1 and reactor 2 .
- Relative to Comparative Example 6 the maximum ethylene interpolymer product production rates (kg/h) of Examples 6 and 7, in which a single-site catalyst formulation was used in R 1 and an in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation was used in R 2 , were 19% higher (on average).
- Example 6 single-site catalyst formulation in R 1 +in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in R 2
- the ethylene interpolymer product was produced at a production rate of 85.2 kg/h
- Comparative Example 3 single-site catalyst formulation in both R 1 and R 2
- the maximum production rate of the comparative ethylene interpolymer product was 75.6 kg/h.
- Average residence time of the solvent in a reactor is primarily influenced by the amount of solvent flowing through each reactor and the total amount of solvent flowing through the solution process, the following are representative or typical values for the examples shown in Tables 1A-1C: average reactor residence times were: about 61 seconds in R 1 , about 73 seconds in R 2 and about 50 seconds in R 3 (the volume of R 3 was about 4.8 gallons (18 L)).
- the catalyst deactivator used was octanoic acid (caprylic acid), commercially available from P&G Chemicals, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A.
- a two-stage devolitizing process was employed to recover the ethylene interpolymer product from the process solvent, i.e., two vapor/liquid separators were used and the second bottom stream (from the second V/L separator) was passed through a gear pump/pelletizer combination.
- DHT-4V hydrotalcite
- a slurry of DHT-4V in process solvent was added prior to the first V/L separator.
- the molar amount of DHT-4V added was about 10-fold higher than the molar amount of chlorides added to the process; the chlorides added were titanium tetrachloride and tertiary butyl chloride.
- the ethylene interpolymer product Prior to pelletization the ethylene interpolymer product was stabilized by adding about 500 ppm of Irganox 1076 (a primary antioxidant) and about 500 ppm of Irgafos 168 (a secondary antioxidant), based on weight of the ethylene interpolymer product. Antioxidants were dissolved in process solvent and added between the first and second V/L separators.
- Tables 1B and 1C disclose additional solution process parameters, e.g. ethylene and 1-octene splits between the reactors, reactor temperatures and ethylene conversions, etc. recorded during the production of Examples 6 and 7 and Comparative Example 3.
- the targeted ethylene interpolymer product was 0.6 melt index (I 2 ) (ASTM D1239, 2.16 kg load, 190° C.) and 0.915 g/cm 3 (ASTM D792).
- the single-site catalyst formulation was injected into both reactor R 1 and R 2 and ES R1 was 50%.
- Example 7 the single site catalyst formulation was injected into R 1 , the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was injected into R 2 and ES R1 was 47%.
- FTIR, N.A.A. and Dilution Index analysis was performed on Example 6 with the following results: 0.038 terminal vinyls/100 C; 5.2 ppm Ti; 4.69 Y d (Dilution Index), and; ⁇ 0.08 X d (Dimensionless Modulus).
- FTIR and N.A.A. was performed on Example 7 with the following results: 0.042 terminal vinyls/100 C, and; 7.7 ppm Ti (Example 7 was not submitted for Dilution Index testing).
- Example 11 0.9113 0.91 24.8 1.24 0.009 0.004 0.037
- Example 6 0.9152 0.67 23.7 1.23 0.008 0.004 0.038
- Example 4 0.9154 0.97 37.1 1.33 0.009 0.004 0.047
- Example 7 0.9155 0.70 25.7 1.24 0.008 0.005 0.042
- Example 2 0.9160 1.04 27.0 1.26 0.009 0.005 0.048
- Example 5 0.9163 1.04 25.9 1.23 0.008 0.005 0.042
- Example 3 0.9164 0.9 29.2 1.27 0.009 0.004 0.049
- Example 53 0.9164 0.9 29.2 1.27 0.009 0.004 0.049
- Example 51 0.9165 1.01 28.0 1.26 0.009 0.003 0.049
- Example 201 0.9165 1.01 27.1 1.22 0.008 0.007 0.048
- Example 1 0.9169 0.88 23.4 1.23 0.008 0.005
- Example 8 0.9176 4.64 27.2 1.25 0.009 0.001 0.048
- Example 42 0.9176 0.99 23.9 1.23 0.007 0.006 0.046
- Example 102 0.9176 0.97 22.6 1.24 0.007 0.005 0.044
- Example 54 0.9176 0.94 29.9 1.29 0.009 0.002 0.049
- Example 41 0.9178 0.93 23.8 1.23 0.007 0.006 0.046
- Example 44 0.9179 0.93 23.4 1.23 0.007 0.007 0.045
- Example 9 0.9190 0.91 40.3 1.38 0.008 0.003 0.052
- Example 200 0.9250 1.04 24.2 1.24 0.006 0.005 0.050
- Example 60 0.9381 4.57 22.2 1.23 0.005 0.002 0.053
- Example 61 0.9396 4.82 20.2 1.23 0.002 0.002 0.053
- Example 62 0.9426 3.5 25.4 1.26 0.002 0.002 0.052
- Example 70 0.9468 1.9 3
- N.A.A Elemental Density Melt Index I 2 Analysis (ppm) Sample Code (g/cm 3 ) (dg/min) Ti Mg Cl Al Example 4 0.9154 0.97 9.6 287 45 140 Example 5 0.9163 1.04 6.7 261 70 131 Example 6 0.9152 0.67 5.2 245 48 119 Example 7 0.9155 0.70 7.7 365 102 177 Example 8 0.9176 4.64 7.6 234 86 117 Example 9 0.9190 0.91 6.4 199 78 99 Example 51 0.9165 1.01 5.9 207 73 106 Example 52 0.9169 0.85 5.2 229 104 112 Example 53 0.9164 0.90 7.3 347 101 167 Example 54 0.9176 0.94 7.5 295 100 146 Example 55 0.9170 0.91 7.1 189 101 90 Example 41 0.9178 0.93 7.2 199 103 92 Example 42 0.9176 0.99 7.5
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Transition And Organic Metals Composition Catalysts For Addition Polymerization (AREA)
- Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
- Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
- Graft Or Block Polymers (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- This disclosure relates to ethylene interpolymer products manufactured in a continuous solution polymerization process utilizing at least two reactors employing at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation to produce ethylene interpolymer products having improved properties.
- Solution polymerization processes are typically carried out at temperatures above the melting point of the ethylene interpolymer being synthesized. In a typical solution polymerization process, catalyst components, solvent, monomers and hydrogen are fed under pressure to one or more reactors.
- For ethylene homo polymerization, or ethylene copolymerization, reactor temperatures can range from about 80° C. to about 300° C. while pressures generally range from about 3 MPag to about 45 MPag and the ethylene interpolymer produced is dissolved in a solvent. The residence time of the solvent in the reactor is relatively short, for example, from about 1 second to about 20 minutes. The solution process can be operated under a wide range of process conditions that allow the production of a wide variety of ethylene interpolymers. Post reactor, the polymerization reaction is quenched to prevent further polymerization, by adding a catalyst deactivator, and passivated, by adding an acid scavenger. Once passivated, the polymer solution is forwarded to a polymer recovery operation where the ethylene interpolymer product is separated from process solvent, unreacted residual ethylene and unreacted optional α-olefin(s).
- The polymer industry is in constant need of improved ethylene interpolymer products in flexible film applications, non-limiting examples include food packaging, shrink and stretch films. The inventive ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have performance attributes that are advantageous in many film applications. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, some embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers after converting into films have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g., tensile and/or flex modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g. impact and puncture); higher heat deflection temperatures; higher Vicat softening point; improved color (WI and YI); higher melt strength, and; improved heat sealing properties (e.g., heat sealing and hot tack). These recited performance attributes are not to be construed as limiting.
- The polymer industry is also in need of improved ethylene interpolymer products for rigid applications; non-limiting examples include containers, lids, caps and toys, etc. The inventive ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have performance attributes that are advantageous in many rigid applications. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, some embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g. flexural modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., ESCR, PENT, IZOD impact, arm impact, Dynatup impact or Charpy impact resistance); higher melt strength, higher heat deflection temperature; higher Vicat softening temperatures, improved color (WI and YI), and; faster crystallization rates (recited performance attributes are not to be construed as limiting).
- Further, the polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible or rigid manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e., several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
- This Application claims priority to Canadian Patent Application No. CA 2,868,640, filed Oct. 21, 2014 and entitled “SOLUTION POLYMERIZATION PROCESS”.
- One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0.
- One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer has ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
- One embodiment of this disclosure is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal.
- Further embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0 and ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms or ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0.
- Further embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms and ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0.
- One embodiments of this disclosure includes and ethylene interpolymer product comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0.
- Further embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0 and ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms and ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal or a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0.
- Additional embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0 and ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0 or ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms
- One embodiment of this disclosure includes ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) a first ethylene interpolymer; (ii) a second ethylene interpolymer, and; (iii) optionally a third ethylene interpolymer; where the ethylene interpolymer product has a Dilution Index, Yd, greater than 0, a Dimensionless Modulus, Xd, >0, ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of a total catalytic metal and ≥0.03 terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms.
- Additional embodiments include ethylene interpolymer product having a melt index from about 0.3 to about 500 dg/minute, a density from about 0.869 to about 0.975 g/cm3, a Mw/Mn from about 2 to about 25 and a CDBI50 from about 20% to about 98%; where melt index is measured according to ASTM D1238 (2.16 kg load and 190° C.) and density is measured according to ASTM D792.
- Further embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products comprising: (i) from about 15 to about 60 weight percent of a first ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.01 to about 200 dg/minute and a density from about 0.855 g/cm3 to about 0.975 g/cm3; (ii) from about 30 to about 85 weight percent of a second ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.3 to about 1000 dg/minute and a density from about 0.89 g/cm3 to about 0.975 g/cm3, and; (iii) optionally from about 0 to about 30 weight percent of a third ethylene interpolymer having a melt index from about 0.5 to about 2000 dg/minute and a density from about 0.89 to about 0.975 g/cm3; where weight percent is the weight of the first, second or third ethylene polymer divided by the weight of ethylene interpolymer product.
- Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products synthesized in a solution polymerization process. Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising from 0 to about 10 mole percent of one or more α-olefins.
- Further embodiments ethylene interpolymer products where the first ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation. In other embodiments the second ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Embodiments also include ethylene interpolymers where the third ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation or a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. The second ethylene interpolymer may also be synthesized using a first in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or a first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation; optionally, the third ethylene interpolymer is synthesized using the first in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. The optional third ethylene interpolymer may be synthesized using a second in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation.
- Embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products having ≤1 part per million (ppm) of a metal A; where metal A originates from the single-site catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of metal A include titanium, zirconium or hafnium.
- Further embodiments of this disclosure include ethylene interpolymer products comprising a metal B and optionally a metal C; where the total amount of metal B and metal C is from about 3 to about 11 parts per million (ppm); where metal B originates from a first heterogeneous catalyst formulation and metal C form an optional second heterogeneous catalyst formation. Metals B and C are independently selected from the following non-limiting examples: titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium, rhenium, iron, ruthenium or osmium.
- Additional embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure comprise a first ethylene interpolymer having a first Mw/Mn, a second ethylene interpolymer having a second Mw/Mn and an optional third ethylene having a third Mw/Mn; where the first Mw/Mn is lower than the second Mw/Mn and the third Mw/Mn. Embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the blending of the second ethylene interpolymer and the third ethylene interpolymer form an ethylene interpolymer blend having a fourth Mw/Mn; where the fourth Mw/Mn is not broader than the second Mw/Mn. Additional ethylene interpolymer product embodiments are characterized as having both the second Mw/Mn and the third Mw/Mn less than about 4.0.
- Embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the first ethylene interpolymer has a first CDBI50 from about 70 to about 98%, the second ethylene interpolymer has a second CDBI50 from about 45 to about 98% and the optional third ethylene interpolymer has a third CDBI50 from about 35 to about 98%. Additional embodiments include ethylene interpolymer products where the first CDBI50 is higher than the second CDBI50; optionally the first CDBI50 is higher than the third CDBI50.
- The following Figures are presented for the purpose of illustrating selected embodiments of this disclosure; it being understood, that the embodiments shown do not limit this disclosure.
-
FIG. 1 illustrates a continuous solution polymerization process where an in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed. -
FIG. 2 illustrates a continuous solution polymerization process where a batch heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed. -
FIG. 3 is a plot of Dilution Index (Yd) (Yd has dimensions of degrees (°)) and Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) for: -
- Comparative S (open triangle, Yd=Xd=0) is an ethylene interpolymer comprising an ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in a solution process (rheological reference);
- Examples 6, 101, 102, 103, 110, 115, 200, 201 (solid circle, Yd>0 and Xd<0) are ethylene interpolymer products as described in this disclosure comprising a first ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation and a second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in a solution process;
- Examples 120, 130 and 131 (solid square, Yd>0, Xd>0) are ethylene interpolymer products as described in this disclosure;
- Comparatives D and E (open diamond, Yd<0, Xd>0) are ethylene interpolymers comprising a first ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation and a second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in a solution process, and;
- Comparative A (open square, Yd>0 and Xd<0) is an ethylene interpolymer comprising a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation in a solution process.
-
FIG. 4 illustrates a typical Van Gurp Palmen (VGP) plot of phase angle [°] versus complex modulus [kPa]. -
FIG. 5 plots the Storage modulus (G′) and loss modulus (G″) showing the cross over frequency Ox and the two decade shift in phase angle to reach ωc (ωc=0.01 ωx). -
FIG. 6 compares the amount of terminal vinyl unsaturations per 100 carbon atoms (terminal vinyl/100 C) in the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid circles) with Comparatives B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J (open triangles). -
FIG. 7 compares the amount of total catalytic metal (ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid circles) with Comparatives B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J (open triangles). - Other than in the examples or where otherwise indicated, all numbers or expressions referring to quantities of ingredients, extrusion conditions, etc., used in the specification and claims are to be understood as modified in all instances by the term “about.” Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are approximations that can vary depending upon the desired properties that the various embodiments desire to obtain. At the very least, and not as an attempt to limit the application of the doctrine of equivalents to the scope of the claims, each numerical parameter should at least be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques. The numerical values set forth in the specific examples are reported as precisely as possible. Any numerical values, however, inherently contain certain errors necessarily resulting from the standard deviation found in their respective testing measurements.
- It should be understood that any numerical range recited herein is intended to include all sub-ranges subsumed therein. For example, a range of “1 to 10” is intended to include all sub-ranges between and including the recited minimum value of 1 and the recited maximum value of 10; that is, having a minimum value equal to or greater than 1 and a maximum value of equal to or less than 10. Because the disclosed numerical ranges are continuous, they include every value between the minimum and maximum values. Unless expressly indicated otherwise, the various numerical ranges specified in this application are approximations.
- All compositional ranges expressed herein are limited in total to and do not exceed 100 percent (volume percent or weight percent) in practice. Where multiple components can be present in a composition, the sum of the maximum amounts of each component can exceed 100 percent, with the understanding that, and as those skilled in the art readily understand, that the amounts of the components actually used will conform to the maximum of 100 percent.
- In order to form a more complete understanding of this disclosure the following terms are defined and should be used with the accompanying figures and the description of the various embodiments throughout.
- The term “Dilution Index (Yd)” and “Dimensionless Modulus (Xd)” are based on rheological measurements and are fully described in this disclosure.
- As used herein, the term “monomer” refers to a small molecule that may chemically react and become chemically bonded with itself or other monomers to form a polymer.
- As used herein, the term “α-olefin” is used to describe a monomer having a linear hydrocarbon chain containing from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a double bond at one end of the chain.
- As used herein, the term “ethylene polymer”, refers to macromolecules produced from ethylene monomers and optionally one or more additional monomers; regardless of the specific catalyst or specific process used to make the ethylene polymer. In the polyethylene art, the one or more additional monomers are called “comonomer(s)” and often include α-olefins. The term “homopolymer” refers to a polymer that contains only one type of monomer. Common ethylene polymers include high density polyethylene (HDPE), medium density polyethylene (MDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), very low density polyethylene (VLDPE), ultralow density polyethylene (ULDPE), plastomer and elastomers. The term ethylene polymer also includes polymers produced in a high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples include low density polyethylene (LDPE), ethylene vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), ethylene alkyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene acrylic acid copolymers and metal salts of ethylene acrylic acid (commonly referred to as ionomers). The term ethylene polymer also includes block copolymers which may include 2 to 4 comonomers. The term ethylene polymer also includes combinations of, or blends of, the ethylene polymers described above.
- The term “ethylene interpolymer” refers to a subset of polymers within the “ethylene polymer” group that excludes polymers produced in high pressure polymerization processes; non-limiting examples of polymers produced in high pressure processes include LDPE and EVA (the latter is a copolymer of ethylene and vinyl acetate).
- The term “heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers” refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using a heterogeneous catalyst formulation; non-limiting examples of which include Ziegler-Natta or chromium catalysts.
- The term “homogeneous ethylene interpolymer” refers to a subset of polymers in the ethylene interpolymer group that are produced using metallocene or single-site catalysts. Typically, homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have narrow molecular weight distributions, for example gel permeation chromatography (GPC) Mw/Mn values of less than 2.8; Mw and Mn refer to weight and number average molecular weights, respectively. In contrast, the Mw/Mn of heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are typically greater than the Mw/Mn of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers. In general, homogeneous ethylene interpolymers also have a narrow comonomer distribution, i.e., each macromolecule within the molecular weight distribution has a similar comonomer content. Frequently, the composition distribution breadth index “CDBI” is used to quantify how the comonomer is distributed within an ethylene interpolymer, as well as to differentiate ethylene interpolymers produced with different catalysts or processes. The “CDBI50” is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition; this definition is consistent with that described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,206,075 assigned to Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. The CDBI50 of an ethylene interpolymer can be calculated from TREF curves (Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation); the TREF method is described in Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455. Typically the CDBI50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are greater than about 70%. In contrast, the CDBI50 of α-olefin containing heterogeneous ethylene interpolymers are generally lower than the CDBI50 of homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
- It is well known to those skilled in the art, that homogeneous ethylene interpolymers are frequently further subdivided into “linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers” and “substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers”. These two subgroups differ in the amount of long chain branching: more specifically, linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers have less than about 0.01 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms; while substantially linear ethylene interpolymers have greater than about 0.01 to about 3.0 long chain branches per 1000 carbon atoms. A long chain branch is macromolecular in nature, i.e., similar in length to the macromolecule that the long chain branch is attached to. Hereafter, in this disclosure, the term “homogeneous ethylene interpolymer” refers to both linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers and substantially linear homogeneous ethylene interpolymers.
- Herein, the term “polyolefin” includes ethylene polymers and propylene polymers; non-limiting examples of propylene polymers include isotactic, syndiotactic and atactic propylene homopolymers, random propylene copolymers containing at least one comonomer and impact polypropylene copolymers or heterophasic polypropylene copolymers.
- The term “thermoplastic” refers to a polymer that becomes liquid when heated, will flow under pressure and solidify when cooled. Thermoplastic polymers include ethylene polymers as well as other polymers commonly used in the plastic industry; non-limiting examples of other polymers commonly used in film applications include barrier resins (EVOH), tie resins, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyamides and the like.
- As used herein the term “monolayer film” refers to a film containing a single layer of one or more thermoplastics.
- As used herein, the terms “hydrocarbyl”, “hydrocarbyl radical” or “hydrocarbyl group” refers to linear or cyclic, aliphatic, olefinic, acetylenic and aryl (aromatic) radicals comprising hydrogen and carbon that are deficient by one hydrogen.
- As used herein, an “alkyl radical” includes linear, branched and cyclic paraffin radicals that are deficient by one hydrogen radical; non-limiting examples include methyl (—CH3) and ethyl (−CH2CH3) radicals. The term “alkenyl radical” refers to linear, branched and cyclic hydrocarbons containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond that is deficient by one hydrogen radical.
- As used herein, the term “aryl” group includes phenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl and other radicals whose molecules have an aromatic ring structure; non-limiting examples include naphthylene, phenanthrene and anthracene. An “arylalkyl” group is an alkyl group having an aryl group pendant there from; non-limiting examples include benzyl, phenethyl and tolylmethyl; an “alkylaryl” is an aryl group having one or more alkyl groups pendant there from; non-limiting examples include tolyl, xylyl, mesityl and cumyl.
- As used herein, the phrase “heteroatom” includes any atom other than carbon and hydrogen that can be bound to carbon. A “heteroatom-containing group” is a hydrocarbon radical that contains a heteroatom and may contain one or more of the same or different heteroatoms. In one embodiment, a heteroatom-containing group is a hydrocarbyl group containing from 1 to 3 atoms selected from the group consisting of boron, aluminum, silicon, germanium, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen and sulfur. Non-limiting examples of heteroatom-containing groups include radicals of imines, amines, oxides, phosphines, ethers, ketones, oxoazolines heterocyclics, oxazolines, thioethers, and the like. The term “heterocyclic” refers to ring systems having a carbon backbone that comprise from 1 to 3 atoms selected from the group consisting of boron, aluminum, silicon, germanium, nitrogen, phosphorous, oxygen and sulfur.
- As used herein the term “unsubstituted” means that hydrogen radicals are bounded to the molecular group that follows the term unsubstituted. The term “substituted” means that the group following this term possesses one or more moieties that have replaced one or more hydrogen radicals in any position within the group; non-limiting examples of moieties include halogen radicals (F, Cl, Br), hydroxyl groups, carbonyl groups, carboxyl groups, amine groups, phosphine groups, alkoxy groups, phenyl groups, naphthyl groups, C1 to C10 alkyl groups, C2 to C10 alkenyl groups, and combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of substituted alkyls and aryls include: acyl radicals, alkylamino radicals, alkoxy radicals, aryloxy radicals, alkylthio radicals, dialkylamino radicals, alkoxycarbonyl radicals, aryloxycarbonyl radicals, carbomoyl radicals, alkyl- and dialkyl-carbamoyl radicals, acyloxy radicals, acylamino radicals, arylamino radicals and combinations thereof.
- Herein the term “R1” and its superscript form “R1” refers to a first reactor in a continuous solution polymerization process; it being understood that R1 is distinctly different from the symbol R1; the latter is used in chemical formula, e.g. representing a hydrocarbyl group. Similarly, the term “R2” and it's superscript form “R2” refers to a second reactor, and; the term “R3” and it's superscript form “R3” refers to a third reactor.
- As used herein, the term “oligomers” refers to an ethylene polymer of low molecular weight, e.g., an ethylene polymer with a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of about 2000 to 3000 daltons. Other commonly used terms for oligomers include “wax” or “grease”. As used herein, the term “light-end impurities” refers to chemical compounds with relatively low boiling points that may be present in the various vessels and process streams within a continuous solution polymerization process; non-limiting examples include, methane, ethane, propane, butane, nitrogen, CO2, chloroethane, HCl, etc.
- Organometallic catalyst formulations that are efficient in polymerizing olefins are well known in the art. In the embodiments disclosed herein, at least two catalyst formulations are employed in a continuous solution polymerization process. One of the catalyst formulations comprises at least one single-site catalyst formulation that produces a homogeneous first ethylene interpolymer. The other catalyst formulation comprises at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation that produces a heterogeneous second ethylene interpolymer. Optionally a third ethylene interpolymer may be produced using the heterogeneous catalyst formulation that was used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer, or a different heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be used to produce the third ethylene interpolymer. In the continuous solution process, the at least one homogeneous ethylene interpolymer and the at least one heterogeneous ethylene interpolymer are solution blended and an ethylene interpolymer product is produced.
- The catalyst components which make up the single site catalyst formulation are not particularly limited, i.e., a wide variety of catalyst components can be used. One non-limiting embodiment of a single site catalyst formulation comprises the following three or four components: a bulky ligand-metal complex; an alumoxane co-catalyst; an ionic activator and optionally a hindered phenol. In Tables 1A, 2A, 3A and 4A of this disclosure: “(i)” refers to the amount of “component (i)”, i.e., the bulky ligand-metal complex added to R1; “(ii)” refers to “component (ii)”, i.e., the alumoxane co-catalyst; “(iii)” refers to “component (iii)” i.e., the ionic activator, and; “(iv)” refers to “component (iv)”, i.e., the optional hindered phenol.
- Non-limiting examples of component (i) are represented by formula (I):
-
(LA)aM(PI)b(Q)n (I) - wherein (LA) represents a bulky ligand; M represents a metal atom; PI represents a phosphinimine ligand; Q represents a leaving group; a is 0 or 1; b is 1 or 2; (a+b)=2; n is 1 or 2, and; the sum of (a+b+n) equals the valance of the metal M.
- Non-limiting examples of the bulky ligand LA in formula (I) include unsubstituted or substituted cyclopentadienyl ligands or cyclopentadienyl-type ligands, heteroatom substituted and/or heteroatom containing cyclopentadienyl-type ligands. Additional non-limiting examples include, cyclopenta-phenanthreneyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted indenyl ligands, benzindenyl ligands, unsubstituted or substituted fluorenyl ligands, octahydrofluorenyl ligands, cyclooctatetraendiyl ligands, cyclopentacyclododecene ligands, azenyl ligands, azulene ligands, pentalene ligands, phosphoyl ligands, phosphinimine, pyrrolyl ligands, pyrozolyl ligands, carbazolyl ligands, borabenzene ligands and the like, including hydrogenated versions thereof, for example tetrahydroindenyl ligands. In other embodiments, LA may be any other ligand structure capable of q-bonding to the metal M, such embodiments include both η3-bonding and η5-bonding to the metal M. In other embodiments, LA may comprise one or more heteroatoms, for example, nitrogen, silicon, boron, germanium, sulfur and phosphorous, in combination with carbon atoms to form an open, acyclic, or a fused ring, or ring system, for example, a heterocyclopentadienyl ancillary ligand. Other non-limiting embodiments for LA include bulky amides, phosphides, alkoxides, aryloxides, imides, carbolides, borollides, porphyrins, phthalocyanines, corrins and other polyazomacrocycles.
- Non-limiting examples of metal M in formula (I) include
Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium. - The phosphinimine ligand, PI, is defined by formula (II):
-
(Rp)3P=N— (II) - wherein the Rp groups are independently selected from: a hydrogen atom; a halogen atom; C1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with one or more halogen atom(s); a C1-8 alkoxy radical; a C6-10 aryl radical; a C6-10 aryloxy radical; an amido radical; a silyl radical of formula —Si(Rs)3, wherein the Rs groups are independently selected from, a hydrogen atom, a C1-8 alkyl or alkoxy radical, a C6-10 aryl radical, a C6-10 aryloxy radical, or a germanyl radical of formula —Ge(RG)3, wherein the RG groups are defined as Rs is defined in this paragraph.
- The leaving group Q is any ligand that can be abstracted from formula (I) forming a catalyst species capable of polymerizing one or more olefin(s). An equivalent term for Q is an “activatable ligand”, i.e., equivalent to the term “leaving group”. In some embodiments, Q is a monoanionic labile ligand having a sigma bond to M. Depending on the oxidation state of the metal, the value for n is 1 or 2 such that formula (I) represents a neutral bulky ligand-metal complex. Non-limiting examples of Q ligands include a hydrogen atom, halogens, C1-20 hydrocarbyl radicals, C1-20 alkoxy radicals, C5-10 aryl oxide radicals; these radicals may be linear, branched or cyclic or further substituted by halogen atoms, C1-10 alkyl radicals, C1-10 alkoxy radicals, C6-10 arly or aryloxy radicals. Further non-limiting examples of Q ligands include weak bases such as amines, phosphines, ethers, carboxylates, dienes, hydrocarbyl radicals having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms. In another embodiment, two Q ligands may form part of a fused ring or ring system.
- Further embodiments of component (i) of the single site catalyst formulation include structural, optical or enantiomeric isomers (meso and racemic isomers) and mixtures thereof of the bulky ligand-metal complexes described in formula (I) above.
- The second single site catalyst component, component (ii), is an alumoxane co-catalyst that activates component (i) to a cationic complex. An equivalent term for “alumoxane” is “aluminoxane”; although the exact structure of this co-catalyst is uncertain, subject matter experts generally agree that it is an oligomeric species that contain repeating units of the general formula (III):
-
(R)2AlO—(Al(R)—O)n—Al(R)2 (III) - where the R groups may be the same or different linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 20 carbon atoms and n is from 0 to about 50. A non-limiting example of an alumoxane is methyl aluminoxane (or MAO) wherein each R group in formula (III) is a methyl radical.
- The third catalyst component (iii) of the single site catalyst formation is an ionic activator. In general, ionic activators are comprised of a cation and a bulky anion; wherein the latter is substantially non-coordinating. Non-limiting examples of ionic activators are boron ionic activators that are four coordinate with four ligands bonded to the boron atom. Non-limiting examples of boron ionic activators include the following formulas (IV) and (V) shown below;
-
[R5]+[B(R7)4]− (IV) - where B represents a boron atom, R5 is an aromatic hydrocarbyl (e.g. triphenyl methyl cation) and each R7 is independently selected from phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted with from 3 to 5 substituents selected from fluorine atoms, C1-4 alkyl or alkoxy radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by fluorine atoms; and a silyl radical of formula —Si(R9)3, where each R9 is independently selected from hydrogen atoms and C1-4 alkyl radicals, and; compounds of formula (V);
-
[(R8)tZH]+[B(R7)4]− (V) - where B is a boron atom, H is a hydrogen atom, Z is a nitrogen or phosphorus atom, t is 2 or 3 and R8 is selected from C1-8 alkyl radicals, phenyl radicals which are unsubstituted or substituted by up to three C1-4 alkyl radicals, or one R8 taken together with the nitrogen atom may form an anilinium radical and R7 is as defined above in formula (IV).
- In both formula (IV) and (V), a non-limiting example of R7 is a pentafluorophenyl radical. In general, boron ionic activators may be described as salts of tetra(perfluorophenyl) boron; non-limiting examples include anilinium, carbonium, oxonium, phosphonium and sulfonium salts of tetra(perfluoro-phenyl)boron with anilinium and trityl (or triphenylmethylium). Additional non-limiting examples of ionic activators include: triethylammonium tetra(phenyl)-boron, tripropylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(p-tolyl)boron, trimethylammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tripropylammonium tetra(o,p-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(m,m-dimethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(p-trifluoromethylphenyl)boron, tributylammonium tetra(pentafluorophenyl)boron, tri(n-butyl)ammonium tetra(o-tolyl)boron, N,N-dimethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, N,N-diethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, N,N-diethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)n-butylboron, N,N-2,4,6-pentamethylanilinium tetra(phenyl)boron, di-(isopropyl)ammonium tetra(penta-fluorophenyl)boron, dicyclohexylammonium tetra(phenyl)boron, triphenyl-phosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tri(methylphenyl)phosphonium tetra(phenyl)-boron, tri(dimethylphenyl)phosphonium tetra(phenyl)boron, tropillium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, benzene(diazonium)tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, tropillium tetrakis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(2,3,5,6-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)-borate, tropillium tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(3,4,5-trifluorophenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)-borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(1,2,2-trifluoroethenyl)borate, tropillium tetrakis(2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, triphenylmethylium tetrakis(2,3,4,5-tetrafluorophenyl)borate, and benzene(diazonium) tetrakis(2,3,4,5 tetrafluorophenyl)borate. Readily available commercial ionic activators include N,N-dimethylanilinium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate, and triphenylmethylium tetrakispentafluorophenyl borate.
- The optional fourth catalyst component of the single site catalyst formation is a hindered phenol, component (iv). Non-limiting example of hindered phenols include butylated phenolic antioxidants, butylated hydroxytoluene, 2,4-di-tertiarybutyl-6-ethyl phenol, 4,4′-methylenebis (2,6-di-tertiary-butylphenol), 1,3, 5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) benzene and octadecyl-3-(3′,5′-di-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxyphenyl) propionate.
- To produce an active single site catalyst formulation the quantity and mole ratios of the three or four components, (i) through (iv) are optimized as described below.
- A number of heterogeneous catalyst formulations are well known to those skilled in the art, including, as non-limiting examples, Ziegler-Natta and chromium catalyst formulations.
- In this disclosure, embodiments include an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation and a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formation. The term “in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation” refers to the continuous synthesis of a small quantity of active Ziegler-Natta catalyst and immediately injecting this catalyst into at least one continuously operating reactor, wherein the catalyst polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional α-olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The terms “batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation” or “batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst” refer to the synthesis of a much larger quantity of catalyst or procatalyst in one or more mixing vessels that are external to, or isolated from, the continuously operating solution polymerization process. Once prepared, the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, or batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst, is transferred to a catalyst storage tank. The term “procatalyst” refers to an inactive catalyst formulation (inactive with respect to ethylene polymerization); the procatalyst is converted into an active catalyst by adding an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. As needed, the procatalyst is pumped from the storage tank to at least one continuously operating reactor, where an active catalyst is formed and polymerizes ethylene and one or more optional α-olefins to form an ethylene interpolymer. The procatalyst may be converted into an active catalyst in the reactor or external to the reactor.
- A wide variety of chemical compounds can be used to synthesize an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. The following describes various chemical compounds that may be combined to produce an active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. Those skilled in the art will understand that the embodiments in this disclosure are not limited to the specific chemical compound disclosed.
- An active Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be formed from: a magnesium compound, a chloride compound, a metal compound, an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst and an aluminum alkyl. In Table 1A, 2A, 3A and 4A of this disclosure: “(v)” refers to “component (v)” the magnesium compound; the term “(vi)” refers to the “component (vi)” the chloride compound; “(vii)” refers to “component (vii)” the metal compound; “(viii)” refers to “component (viii)” alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, and; “(ix)” refers to “component (ix)” the aluminum alkyl. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulations may contain additional components; a non-limiting example of an additional component is an electron donor, e.g., amines or ethers.
- A non-limiting example of an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation can be prepared as follows. In the first step, a solution of a magnesium compound (component (v)) is reacted with a solution of the chloride compound (component (vi)) to form a magnesium chloride support suspended in solution. Non-limiting examples of magnesium compounds include Mg(R1)2; wherein the R1 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples of chloride compounds include R2Cl; wherein R2 represents a hydrogen atom, or a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radical containing 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In the first step, the solution of magnesium compound may also contain an aluminum alkyl (component (ix)). Non-limiting examples of aluminum alkyl include Al(R3)3, wherein the R3 groups may be the same or different, linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbyl radicals containing from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. In the second step a solution of the metal compound (component (vii)) is added to the solution of magnesium chloride and the metal compound is supported on the magnesium chloride. Non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds include M(X)n or MO(X)n; where M represents a metal selected from
Group 4 throughGroup 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected fromGroup 4 throughGroup 8; O represents oxygen, and; X represents chloride or bromide; n is an integer from 3 to 6 that satisfies the oxidation state of the metal. Additional non-limiting examples of suitable metal compounds includeGroup 4 toGroup 8 metal alkyls, metal alkoxides (which may be prepared by reacting a metal alkyl with an alcohol) and mixed-ligand metal compounds that contain a mixture of halide, alkyl and alkoxide ligands. In the third step a solution of an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (component (viii)) is added to the metal compound supported on the magnesium chloride. A wide variety of alkyl aluminum co-catalysts are suitable, as expressed by formula (VI): -
Al(R4)p(OR5)q(X)r (VI) - wherein the R4 groups may be the same or different, hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms; the OR5 groups may be the same or different, alkoxy or aryloxy groups wherein R5 is a hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms bonded to oxygen; X is chloride or bromide, and; (p+q+r)=3, with the proviso that p is greater than 0. Non-limiting examples of commonly used alkyl aluminum co-catalysts include trimethyl aluminum, triethyl aluminum, tributyl aluminum, dimethyl aluminum methoxide, diethyl aluminum ethoxide, dibutyl aluminum butoxide, dimethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, diethyl aluminum chloride or bromide, dibutyl aluminum chloride or bromide and ethyl aluminum dichloride or dibromide.
- The process described in the paragraph above, to synthesize an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, can be carried out in a variety of solvents; non-limiting examples of solvents include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes or mixtures thereof. To produce an active in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation the quantity and mole ratios of the five components, (v) through (ix), are optimized as described below.
- Additional embodiments of heterogeneous catalyst formulations include formulations where the “metal compound” is a chromium compound; non-limiting examples include silyl chromate, chromium oxide and chromocene. In some embodiments, the chromium compound is supported on a metal oxide such as silica or alumina. Heterogeneous catalyst formulations containing chromium may also include co-catalysts; non-limiting examples of co-catalysts include trialkylaluminum, alkylaluminoxane and dialkoxyalkylaluminum compounds and the like.
- In a continuous solution polymerization process, process solvent, monomer(s) and a catalyst formulation are continuously fed to a reactor where the ethylene interpolymer is formed in solution. In
FIG. 1 ,process solvent 1,ethylene 2 and optional α-olefin 3 are combined to produce reactor feed stream RF1 which flows intoreactor 11 a. InFIG. 1 optional streams, or optional embodiments, are denoted with dotted lines. It is not particularly important that combined reactor feed stream RF1 be formed; i.e. reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations, including an embodiment wherestreams 1 through 3 are independently injected intoreactor 11 a. Optionally hydrogen may be injected intoreactor 11 a throughstream 4; hydrogen is generally added to control the molecular weight of the first ethylene interpolymer produced inreactor 11 a.Reactor 11 a is continuously stirred by stirringassembly 11 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor. In the art, such a reactor is frequently called a CSTR (Continuously Stirred Tank Reactor). - A single site catalyst formulation is injected into
reactor 11 a throughstream 5 e. Single site catalyst component streams 5 d, 5 c, 5 b and optional 5 a refer to the ionic activator (component (iii)), the bulky ligand-metal complex (component (i)), the alumoxane co-catalyst (component (ii)) and optional hindered phenol (component (iv)), respectively. Single site catalyst component streams can be arranged in all possible configurations, including an embodiment wherestreams 5 a through 5 d are independently injected intoreactor 11 a. Each single site catalyst component is dissolved in a catalyst component solvent. Catalyst component solvents, for component (i) through (iv), may be the same or different. Catalyst component solvents are selected such that the combination of catalyst components does not produce a precipitate in any process stream; for example, precipitation of a single site catalyst component instream 5 e. The optimization of the single site catalyst formulation is described below. -
Reactor 11 a produces a first exit stream,stream 11 c, containing the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent, as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted α-olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active single site catalyst, deactivated single site catalyst, residual catalyst components and other impurities (if present). Melt index ranges and density ranges of the first ethylene interpolymer produced are described below. - The continuous solution polymerization process shown in
FIG. 1 includes two embodiments wherereactors series mode 100% ofstream 11 c (the first exit stream) passes throughflow controller 11d forming stream 11 e which entersreactor 12 a. In contrast, inparallel mode 100% ofstream 11 c passes throughflow controller 11f forming stream 11 g.Stream 11 g by-passes reactor 12 a and is combined withstream 12 c (the second exit stream) formingstream 12 d (the third exit stream). - Fresh reactor feed streams are injected into
reactor 12 a;process solvent 6,ethylene 7 and optional α-olefin 8 are combined to produce reactor feed stream RF2. It is not important that stream RF2 is formed; i.e. reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations, including independently injecting each stream into the reactor. Optionally hydrogen may be injected intoreactor 12 a throughstream 9 to control the molecular weight of the second ethylene interpolymer.Reactor 12 a is continuously stirred by stirringassembly 12 b which includes a motor external to the reactor and an agitator within the reactor. - An in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is injected into
reactor 12 a throughstream 10 f and a second ethylene interpolymer is formed inreactor 12 a. The components that comprise the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation are introduced throughstreams streams 10 a-10 h, is operated as described below. In the case of a Ziegler-Natta catalyst, the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly produces an efficient in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation by optimizing the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) or (ix)/(v); (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) or (vi)/(v); (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) or (viii)/(vii), and; (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) or (ix)/(vii); as well as the time these compounds have to react and equilibrate. -
Stream 10 a (stream S1) contains a binary blend of a magnesium compound, component (v) and an aluminum alkyl, component (ix), in process solvent. The upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio instream 10 a may be about 70, in some cases about 50 and is other cases about 30. The lower limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio may be about 3.0, in some cases about 5.0 and in other cases about 10.Stream 10 b (stream S2) contains a solution of a chloride compound, component (vi), in process solvent.Stream 10 b is combined withstream 10 a and the intermixing ofstreams stream 10 c (stream S3) is controlled; hereafter HUT-1 (the first Hold-Up-Time). HUT-1 is the time forstreams 10 a (stream S1) and 10 b (stream S2) to equilibrate and form a magnesium chloride support. The upper limit on HUT-1 may be about 70 seconds, in some cases about 60 seconds and is other cases about 50 seconds. The lower limit on HUT-1 may be about 5 seconds, in some cases about 10 seconds and in other cases about 20 seconds. HUT-1 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit betweenstream 10 b injection port andstream 10 c injection port, as well as controlling the flow rates ofstreams stream 10 d (stream S4) is controlled; hereafter HUT-2 (the second Hold-Up-Time). HUT-2 is the time for the magnesium chloride support andstream 10 c to react and equilibrate. The upper limit on HUT-2 may be about 50 seconds, in some cases about 35 seconds and is other cases about 25 seconds. The lower limit on HUT-2 may be about 2 seconds, in some cases about 6 seconds and in other cases about 10 seconds. HUT-2 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit betweenstream 10 c injection port andstream 10 d injection port, as well as controlling the flow rates ofstreams reactor 12 a is controlled; hereafter HUT-3 (the third Hold-Up-Time). HUT-3 is the time forstream 10 d to intermix and equilibrate to form the in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation. The upper limit on HUT-3 may be about 15 seconds, in some cases about 10 seconds and is other cases about 8 seconds. The lower limit on HUT-3 may be about 0.5 seconds, in some cases about 1 seconds and in other cases about 2 seconds. HUT-3 is controlled by adjusting the length of the conduit betweenstream 10 d injection port and the catalyst injection port inreactor 12 a, and by controlling the flow rates ofstreams 10 a through 10 d. As shown inFIG. 1 , optionally, 100% ofstream 10 d, the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, may be injected directly intoreactor 12 a viastream 10 h. Optionally, a portion ofstream 10 d may be injected directly intoreactor 12 a viastream 10 h and the remaining portion ofstream 10 d injected intoreactor 12 a viastream 10 f. - As previously indicated, an equivalent term for
reactor 12 a is “R2”. The quantity of in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation added to R2 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution, hereafter “R2 (vii) (ppm)”. The upper limit on R2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 10 ppm, in some cases about 8 ppm and in other cases about 6 ppm. The lower limit on R2 (vii) (ppm) in some cases may be about 0.5 ppm, in other cases about 1 ppm and in still other cases about 2 ppm. The (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio inreactor 12 a, or the (ix)/(vii) molar ratio, is also controlled. The upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio in the reactor may be about 2, in some cases about 1.5 and is other cases about 1.0. The lower limit on the (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 0.05, in some cases about 0.075 and in other cases about 0.1. - Any combination of the streams employed to prepare and deliver the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation to R2 may be heated or cooled, i.e., streams 10 a through 10 h (including stream 10 g (optional R3 delivery) which is discussed below); in some cases the upper temperature limit of
streams 10 a through 10 g may be about 90° C., in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. and; in some cases the lower temperature limit may be about 20° C.; in other cases about 35° C. and in still other cases about 50° C. - Injection of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation into
reactor 12 a produces a second ethylene interpolymer and asecond exit stream 12 c. - If
reactors second exit stream 12 c contains the second ethylene interpolymer and the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent; as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted α-olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active catalysts, deactivated catalysts, catalyst components and other impurities (if present). Optionally thesecond exit stream 12 c is deactivated by adding a catalyst deactivator A fromcatalyst deactivator tank 18A forming a deactivated solution A,stream 12 e; in this case,FIG. 1 defaults to a dual reactor solution process. If thesecond exit stream 12 c is not deactivated the second exit stream enterstubular reactor 17. Catalyst deactivator A is discussed below. - If
reactors second exit stream 12 c contains the second ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent. Thesecond exit stream 12 c is combined withstream 11 g forming athird exit stream 12 d, the latter contains the second ethylene interpolymer and the first ethylene interpolymer dissolved in process solvent; as well as unreacted ethylene, unreacted α-olefins (if present), unreacted hydrogen (if present), active catalyst, deactivated catalyst, catalyst components and other impurities (if present). Optionally thethird exit stream 12 d is deactivated by adding catalyst deactivator A fromcatalyst deactivator tank 18A forming deactivated solution A,stream 12 e; in this case,FIG. 1 defaults to a dual reactor solution process. If thethird exit stream 12 d is not deactivated thethird exit stream 12 d enterstubular reactor 17. - The term “tubular reactor” is meant to convey its conventional meaning, namely a simple tube; wherein the length/diameter (L/D) ratio is at least 10/1. Optionally, one or more of the following reactor feed streams may be injected into
tubular reactor 17; process solvent 13,ethylene 14 and α-olefin 15. As shown inFIG. 1 , streams 13, 14 and 15 may be combined forming reactor feed stream RF3 and the latter is injected intoreactor 17. It is not particularly important that stream RF3 be formed; i.e., reactor feed streams can be combined in all possible combinations. Optionally hydrogen may be injected intoreactor 17 throughstream 16. Optionally, the in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be injected intoreactor 17 via catalyst stream 10 g; i.e., a portion of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst entersreactor 12 a throughstream 10 f and the remaining portion of the in-line heterogeneous catalyst entersreactor 17 through stream 10 g. -
FIG. 1 shows an additional embodiment wherereactor 17 is supplied with a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation produced in a second heterogeneous catalyst assembly. The second heterogeneous catalyst assembly refers to the combination of conduits and flow controllers that include streams 34 a-34 e and 34 h. The chemical composition of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same, or different. In the case of a Ziegler-Natta catalyst, the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly produces a second in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation. For example, the catalyst components ((v) through (ix)), mole ratios and hold-up-times may differ in the first and second heterogeneous catalyst assemblies. Relative to the first heterogeneous catalyst assembly, the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly is operated in a similar manner, i.e., the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly generates an efficient catalyst by optimizing hold-up-times and the following molar ratios: (aluminum alkyl)/(magnesium compound), (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound), (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst/(metal compound, and (aluminum alkyl)/(metal compound). To be clear: stream 34 a contains a binary blend of magnesium compound (component (v)) and aluminum alkyl (component (ix)) in process solvent;stream 34 b contains a chloride compound (component (vi)) in process solvent; stream 34 c contains a metal compound (component (vii)) in process solvent, and; stream 34 d contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (component (viii)) in process solvent. Once prepared, the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst is injected intoreactor 17 throughstream 34 e; optionally, additional alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected intoreactor 17 throughstream 34 h. As shown inFIG. 1 , optionally, 100% ofstream 34 d, the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst, may be injected directly intoreactor 17 viastream 34 h. Optionally, a portion ofstream 34 d may be injected directly intoreactor 17 viastream 34 h and the remaining portion ofstream 34 d injected intoreactor 17 viastream 34 e. InFIG. 1 , the first or the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly supplies 100% of the catalyst toreactor 17. Any combination of the streams that comprise the second heterogeneous catalyst assembly may be heated or cooled, i.e. streams 34 a-34 e and 34 h; in some cases the upper temperature limit of streams 34 a-34 e and 34 h may be about 90° C., in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. and; in some cases the lower temperature limit may be about 20° C.; in other cases about 35° C. and in still other cases about 50° C. - In reactor 17 a third ethylene interpolymer may, or may not, form. A third ethylene interpolymer will not form if catalyst deactivator A is added upstream of
reactor 17 viacatalyst deactivator tank 18A. A third ethylene interpolymer will be formed if catalyst deactivator B is added downstream ofreactor 17 viacatalyst deactivator tank 18B. - The optional third ethylene interpolymer produced in
reactor 17 may be formed using a variety of operational modes; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator A is not added upstream ofreactor 17. Non-limiting examples of operational modes include: (a) residual ethylene, residual optional α-olefin and residual activecatalyst entering reactor 17 react to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (b) fresh process solvent 13,fresh ethylene 14 and optionally fresh α-olefin 15 are added toreactor 17 and the residual activecatalyst entering reactor 17 forms the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (c) the fresh second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation is added toreactor 17 via stream 10 g orstream 34 e to polymerize residual ethylene and residual optional α-olefin to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer, or; (d) fresh process solvent 13,ethylene 14, optional α-olefin 15 and fresh second in-line heterogeneous catalyst formulation (10 g or 34 e) are added toreactor 17 to form the optional third ethylene interpolymer. Optionally, 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be added toreactor 17 viastream 34 h, or a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be added toreactor 17 viastream 10 g or 34 h and the remaining portion added viastream 34 h. Optionallyfresh hydrogen 16 may be added to reduce the molecular weight of the optional third optional ethylene interpolymer. - In series mode,
Reactor 17 produces athird exit stream 17 b containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer. As shown inFIG. 1 , catalyst deactivator B may be added to thethird exit stream 17 b viacatalyst deactivator tank 18B producing a deactivated solution B,stream 19; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator B is not added if catalyst deactivator A was added upstream ofreactor 17. Deactivated solution B may also contain unreacted ethylene, unreacted optional α-olefin, unreacted optional hydrogen and impurities if present. As indicated above, if catalyst deactivator A was added, deactivated solution A (stream 12 e) exitstubular reactor 17 as shown inFIG. 1 . - In parallel mode operation,
reactor 17 produces afourth exit stream 17 b containing the first ethylene interpolymer, the second ethylene interpolymer and optionally a third ethylene interpolymer. As indicated above, in parallel mode,stream 12 d is the third exit stream. As shown inFIG. 1 , in parallel mode, catalyst deactivator B is added to thefourth exit stream 17 b viacatalyst deactivator tank 18B producing a deactivated solution B,stream 19; with the proviso that catalyst deactivator B is not added if catalyst deactivator A was added upstream ofreactor 17. - In
FIG. 1 , deactivated solution A (stream 12 e) or B (stream 19) passes through pressure let downdevice 20,heat exchanger 21 and a passivator is added viatank 22 forming a passivatedsolution 23; the passivator is described below. The passivated solution passes through pressure let downdevice 24 and enters a first vapor/liquid separator 25. Hereafter, “V/L” is equivalent to vapor/liquid. Two streams are formed in the first V/L separator: afirst bottom stream 27 comprising a solution that is rich in ethylene interpolymers and also contains residual ethylene, residual optional α-olefins and catalyst residues, and; a first gaseousoverhead stream 26 comprising ethylene, process solvent, optional α-olefins, optional hydrogen, oligomers and light-end impurities if present. - The first bottom stream enters a second V/
L separator 28. In the second V/L separator two streams are formed: asecond bottom stream 30 comprising a solution that is richer in ethylene interpolymer and leaner in process solvent relative to thefirst bottom stream 27, and; a second gaseousoverhead stream 29 comprising process solvent, optional α-olefins, ethylene, oligomers and light-end impurities if present. - The
second bottom stream 30 flows into a third V/L separator 31. In the third V/L separator two streams are formed: aproduct stream 33 comprising an ethylene interpolymer product, deactivated catalyst residues and less than 5 weight % of residual process solvent, and; a third gaseousoverhead stream 32 comprised essentially of process solvent, optional α-olefins and light-end impurities if present. -
Product stream 33 proceeds to polymer recovery operations. Non-limiting examples of polymer recovery operations include one or more gear pump, single screw extruder or twin screw extruder that forces the molten ethylene interpolymer product through a pelletizer. A devolatilizing extruder may be used to remove small amounts of residual process solvent and optional α-olefin, if present. Once pelletized the solidified ethylene interpolymer product is typically dried and transported to a product silo. - The first, second and third gaseous overhead streams shown in
FIG. 1 (streams - In
FIG. 2 a first batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly (vessels andstreams 60 a through 60 h) and an optional second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly (vessels andstreams 90 a through 90 f) are employed. For the sake of clarity and avoid any confusion, many of the vessels and streams shown inFIG. 2 are equivalent to the respective vessel and stream shown inFIG. 1 ; equivalence is indicated through the use of a consistent vessel or stream label, i.e., number. For the avoidance of doubt, referring toFIG. 2 , process solvent is injected intoCSTR reactor 11 a,CSTR reactor 12 a andtubular reactor 17 viastreams reactors streams reactors streams reactors streams reactor 11 a, producing the first ethylene interpolymer. Single-site catalyst component streams (5 a through 5 e) were described above. A batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected intoreactor 12 a via stream 60 e and the second ethylene interpolymer is formed.Reactors FIG. 2 may be operated in series or parallel modes, as described inFIG. 1 above. - Processes to prepare batch heterogeneous procatalysts and in batch Ziegler-Natta procatalysts are well known to those skilled in the art. A non-limiting formulation useful in the continuous solution polymerization process may be prepared as follows. A batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst may be prepared by sequentially added the following components to a stirred mixing vessel: (a) a solution of a magnesium compound (an equivalent term for the magnesium compound is “component (v)”); (b) a solution of a chloride compound (an equivalent term for the chloride compound is “component (vi)”; (c) optionally a solution of an aluminum alkyl halide, and; (d) a solution of a metal compound (an equivalent term for the metal compound is “component (vii)”). Suitable, non-limiting examples of aluminum alkyl halides are defined by the formula (R6)vAlX3-v; wherein the R6 groups may be the same or different hydrocarbyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms, X represents chloride or bromide, and; v is 1 or 2. Suitable, non-limiting examples of the magnesium compound, the chloride compound and the metal compound were described earlier in this disclosure. Suitable solvents within which to prepare the procatalyst include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes or mixtures thereof. Individual mixing times and mixing temperatures may be used in each of steps (a) through (d). The upper limit on mixing temperatures for steps (a) through (d) in some case may be 160° C., in other cases 130° C. and in still
other cases 100° C. The lower limit on mixing temperatures for steps (a) through (d) in some cases may be 10° C., inother cases 20° C. and in stillother cases 30° C. The upper limit on mixing time for steps (a) through (d) in some case may be 6 hours, inother cases 3 hours and in stillother cases 1 hour. The lower limit on mixing times for steps (a) through (d) in some cases may be 1 minute, inother cases 10 minutes and in stillother cases 30 minutes. - Batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst can have various catalyst component mole ratios. The upper limit on the (chloride compound)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 3, in other cases about 2.7 and is still other cases about 2.5; the lower limit in some cases may be about 2.0, in other cases about 2.1 and in still other cases about 2.2. The upper limit on the (magnesium compound)/(metal compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 10, in other cases about 9 and in still other cases about 8; the lower limit in some cases may be about 5, in other cases about 6 and in still other cases about 7. The upper limit on the (aluminum alkyl halide)/(magnesium compound) molar ratio in some cases may be about 0.5, in other cases about 0.4 and in still other cases about 0.3; the lower limit in some cases may be 0, in other cases about 0.1 and in still other cases about 0.2. An active batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is formed when the procatalyst is combined with an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. Suitable co-catalysts were described earlier in this disclosure. The procatalyst may be activated external to the reactor or in the reactor; in the latter case, the procatalyst and an appropriate amount of alkyl aluminum co-catalyst are independently injected R2 and optionally R3.
- Once prepared the batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is pumped to
procatalyst storage tank 60 a shown inFIG. 2 .Tank 60 a may, or may not, be agitated.Storage tank 60 c contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst; non-limiting examples of suitable alkyl aluminum co-catalysts were described earlier in this disclosure. A batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation stream 60 e, that is efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins, is formed by combining batch ZieglerNatta procatalyst stream 60 b (stream S5) with alkylaluminum co-catalyst stream 60 d (stream S4). Stream 60 e is injected intoreactor 12 a where the second ethylene interpolymer is formed. Operationally, the following options may be employed: (a) 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst may be injected intoreactor 12 a throughstream 60 g, i.e., the batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected intoreactor 12 a through stream 60 e, or; (b) a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected intoreactor 12 a viastream 60 g and the remaining portion passes throughstream 60 d where it combines withstream 60 b forming the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation which is injected intoreactor 12 a via stream 60 e. - Additional optional embodiments, where a batch heterogeneous catalyst formulation is employed, are shown in
FIG. 2 where: (a) a batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected intotubular reactor 17 throughstream 60 f, or; (b) a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation is injected intotubular reactor 17 throughstream 60 f. In the case of option (a), 100% of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst is injected directly intoreactor 17 viastream 60 h. An additional embodiment exists where a portion of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst flows throughstream 60 f and the remaining portion flows throughstream 60 h. Any combination of tanks or streams 60 a through 60 h may be heated or cooled. -
FIG. 2 includes additional embodiments where a second batch heterogeneous catalyst assembly, which is defined by vessels andstreams 90 a through 90 f, may be used to optionally inject a second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or a second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst intoreactor 17. Once prepared the second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is pumped toprocatalyst storage tank 90 a shown inFIG. 2 .Tank 90 a may, or may not, be agitated.Storage tank 90 c contains an alkyl aluminum co-catalyst. A batch Ziegler Nattacatalyst formulation stream 90 e, that is efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins, is formed by combining the second batch ZieglerNatta procatalyst stream 90 b (stream S6) with alkylaluminum co-catalyst stream 90 d (optionally stream).Stream 90 e is optionally injected intoreactor 17, wherein an optional third ethylene interpolymer may be formed.FIG. 2 includes additional embodiments where: (a) the batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst is injected directly intoreactor 17 throughstream 90 e and the procatalyst is activated insidereactor 17 by injecting 100% of the aluminum co-catalyst directly intorector 17 viastream 90 f, or; (b) a portion of the aluminum co-catalyst may flow throughstream 90 e with the remaining portion flowing throughstream 90 f. Any combination of tanks or streams 90 a through 90 f may be heated or cooled. - The time between the addition of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst (stream S4) and the injection of the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation into
reactor 12 a is controlled; hereafter HUT-4 (the fourth Hold-Up-Time). Referring toFIG. 2 , HUT-4 is the time forstream 60 d (stream S4) to intermix and equilibrate withstream 60 b (batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst) to form the batch Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection intoreactor 12 a via in stream 60 e. Optionally, HUT-4 is the time forstream 60 d to intermix and equilibrate withstream 60 b to from the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection into the optionalthird reactor 17 viastream 60 f, or; HUT-4 is the time forstream 90 d to intermix and equilibrate withstream 90 b to form the batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation prior to injection intoreactor 17 viastream 90 e. The upper limit on HUT-4 may be about 300 seconds, in some cases about 200 seconds and in other cases about 100 seconds. The lower limit on HUT-4 may be about 0.1 seconds, in some cases about 1 seconds and in other cases about 10 seconds. - The quantity of batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst produced and/or the size to
procatalyst storage tanks - The quantity of batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst or batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation added to
reactor 12 a is expressed as “R2 (vii) (ppm)”, i.e., the parts-per-million (ppm) of metal compound (component (vii)) in the reactor solution. The upper limit on R2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 10 ppm, in some cases about 8 ppm and in other cases about 6 ppm. The lower limit on R2 (vii) (ppm) may be about 0.5 ppm, in some cases about 1 ppm and in other cases about 2 ppm. The quantity of the alkyl aluminum co-catalyst added toreactor 12 a is optimized to produce an efficient catalyst; this is accomplished by adjusting the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio. The upper limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be about 10, in some cases about 8.0 and is other cases about 6.0. The lower limit on the (alkyl aluminum co-catalyst)/(metal compound) molar ratio may be 0.5, in some cases about 0.75 and in other cases about 1. - Referring to
FIG. 2 , where the heterogeneous catalyst formulation is a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation, a third ethylene interpolymer may optionally be formed inreactor 17 by: (a) injecting the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or the first batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst intoreactor 17 throughstream 60 f, or; (b) injecting a chemically distinct second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation or second batch Ziegler-Natta procatalyst intoreactor 17 throughstream 90 e. As shown inFIG. 2 , the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be deactivated upstream ofreactor 17 by adding catalyst deactivator A viadeactivator tank 18A to form a deactivated solution A (stream 12 e), or; the first batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation and optionally the second batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation may be deactivated downstream ofreactor 17 by adding catalyst deactivator B viadeactivator tank 18B to form a deactivated solution B (stream 19). Deactivated solution A or B then pass through pressure let downdevice 20,heat exchange 21 and a passivator may be added viatank 22 forming passivatedsolution 23. The remaining vessels (24, 25, 28 and 31) and streams (26, 27, 29, 39, 32 and 33) and process conditions have been described previously. The ethyleneinterpolymer product stream 33 proceeds to polymer recovery. The first, second and third gaseous overhead streams shown inFIG. 2 (streams - Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 ; an active single site catalyst formulation is produced by optimizing the proportion of each of the four single site catalyst components, (i) through (iv). The term “active” means the single site catalyst formulation is very efficient in converting olefins to polyolefins; in practice the optimization objective is to maximize the following ratio: (pounds of ethylene interpolymer product produced)/(pounds of catalyst consumed). The quantity of bulky ligand metal complex, component (i), added to R1 is expressed as the parts per million (ppm) of component (i) in the total mass of the solution in R1; hereafter “R1 (i) (ppm)”. The upper limit on R1 (i) (ppm) may be about 5, in some cases about 3 and is other cases about 2. The lower limit on R1 (i) (ppm) may be about 0.02, in some cases about 0.05 and in other cases about 0.1. - The proportion of catalyst component (iii), the ionic activator, added to R1 is optimized by controlling the (ionic activator)/(bulky ligand-metal complex) molar ratio in the R1 solution; hereafter “R1 (iii)/(i)”. The upper limit on R1 (iii)/(i) may be about 10, in some cases about 5 and in other cases about 2. The lower limit on R1 (iii)/(i) may be about 0.1, in some cases about 0.5 and in other cases about 1.0. The proportion of catalyst component (ii) is optimized by controlling the (alumoxane)/(bulky ligand-metal complex) molar ratio in the R1 solution; hereafter “R1 (ii)/(i)”. The alumoxane co-catalyst is generally added in a molar excess relative to the bulky ligand-metal complex. The upper limit on R1 (ii)/(i) may be about 1000, in some cases about 500 and is other cases about 200. The lower limit on R1 (ii)/(i) may be about 1, in some cases about 10 and in other cases about 30.
- The addition of catalyst component (iv), the hindered phenol, to R1 is optional in the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1-2 . If added, the proportion of component (iv) is optimized by controlling the (hindered phenol)/(alumoxane) molar ratio in R1; hereafter “R1 (iv)/(ii)”. The upper limit on R1 (iv)/(ii) may be about 10, in some cases about 5 and in other cases about 2. The lower limit on R1 (iv)/(ii) may be 0.0, in some cases about 0.1 and in other cases about 0.2. - Any combination of the single site catalyst component streams in
FIGS. 1 and 2 (streams 5 a-5 e) may, or may not, be heated or cooled. The upper limit on catalyst component stream temperatures may be about 70° C.; in other cases about 60° C. and in still other cases about 50° C. The lower limit on catalyst component stream temperatures may be about 0° C.; in other cases about 20° C. and in still other cases about 40° C. - In the continuous solution processes embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 , a variety of solvents may be used as the process solvent; non-limiting examples include linear, branched or cyclic C5 to C12 alkanes. Non-limiting examples of α-olefins include 1-propene, 1-butene, 1-pentene, 1-hexene and 1-octene. Suitable catalyst component solvents include aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons. Non-limiting examples of aliphatic catalyst component solvents include linear, branched or cyclic C5-12 aliphatic hydrocarbons, e.g. pentane, methyl pentane, hexane, heptane, octane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, hydrogenated naphtha or combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of aromatic catalyst component solvents include benzene, toluene (methylbenzene), ethylbenzene, o-xylene (1,2-dimethylbenzene), m-xylene (1,3-dimethylbenzene), p-xylene (1,4-dimethylbenzene), mixtures of xylene isomers, hemellitene (1,2,3-trimethylbenzene), pseudocumene (1,2,4-trimethylbenzene), mesitylene (1,3,5-trimethylbenzene), mixtures of trimethylbenzene isomers, prehenitene (1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene), durene (1,2,3,5-tetramethylbenzene), mixtures of tetramethylbenzene isomers, pentamethylbenzene, hexamethylbenzene and combinations thereof. - It is well known to individuals experienced in the art that reactor feed streams (solvent, monomer, α-olefin, hydrogen, catalyst formulation etc.) must be essentially free of catalyst deactivating poisons; non-limiting examples of poisons include trace amounts of oxygenates such as water, fatty acids, alcohols, ketones and aldehydes. Such poisons are removed from reactor feed streams using standard purification practices; non-limiting examples include molecular sieve beds, alumina beds and oxygen removal catalysts for the purification of solvents, ethylene and α-olefins, etc.
- Referring to the first and second reactors in
FIGS. 1 and 2 any combination of the CSTR reactor feed streams may be heated or cooled: more specifically, streams 1-4 (reactor 11 a) and streams 6-9 (reactor 12 a). The upper limit on reactor feed stream temperatures may be about 90° C.; in other cases about 80° C. and in still other cases about 70° C. The lower limit on reactor feed stream temperatures may be about 0° C.; in other cases about 10° C. and in still other cases about 20° C. - Any combination of the streams feeding the tubular reactor may be heated or cooled; specifically, streams 13-16 in
FIGS. 1 and 2 . In some cases, tubular reactor feed streams are tempered, i.e., the tubular reactor feed streams are heated to at least above ambient temperature. The upper temperature limit on the tubular reactor feed streams in some cases are about 200° C., in other cases about 170° C. and in still other cases about 140° C.; the lower temperature limit on the tubular reactor feed streams in some cases are about 60° C., in other cases about 90° C. and in still other cases about 120° C.; with the proviso that the temperature of the tubular reactor feed streams are lower than the temperature of the process stream that enters the tubular reactor. - In the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 the operating temperatures of the solution polymerization reactors (vessels 11 a (R1) and 12 a (R2)) can vary over a wide range. For example, the upper limit on reactor temperatures in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 280° C. and in still other cases about 260° C.; and the lower limit in some cases may be about 80° C., in other cases about 100° C. and in still other cases about 125° C. The second reactor,reactor 12 a (R2), is operated at a higher temperature than thefirst reactor 11 a (R1). The maximum temperature difference between these two reactors (TR2−TR1) in some cases is about 120° C., in other cases about 100° C. and in still other cases about 80° C.; the minimum (TR2−TR1) in some cases is about 1° C., in other cases about 5° C. and in still other cases about 10° C. The optional tubular reactor, reactor 17 (R3), may be operated in some cases about 100° C. higher than R2; in other cases about 60° C. higher than R2, in still other cases about 10° C. higher than R2 and inalternative cases 0° C. higher, i.e. the same temperature as R2. The temperature within optional R3 may increase along its length. The maximum temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of R3 in some cases is about 100° C., in other cases about 60° C. and in still other cases about 40° C. The minimum temperature difference between the inlet and outlet of R3 is in some cases may be 0° C., in other cases about 3° C. and in still other cases about 10° C. In some cases R3 is operated an adiabatic fashion and in other cases R3 is heated. - The pressure in the polymerization reactors should be high enough to maintain the polymerization solution as a single phase solution and to provide the upstream pressure to force the polymer solution from the reactors through a heat exchanger and on to polymer recovery operations. Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 , the operating pressure of the solution polymerization reactors can vary over a wide range. For example, the upper limit on reactor pressure in some cases may be about 45 MPag, in other cases about 30 MPag and in still other cases about 20 MPag; and the lower limit in some cases may be about 3 MPag, in other some cases about 5 MPag and in still other cases about 7 MPag. - Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 , prior to entering the first V/L separator, the passivated solution (stream 23) may have a maximum temperature in some cases of about 300° C., in other cases about 290° C. and in still other cases about 280° C.; the minimum temperature may be in some cases about 150° C., in other cases about 200° C. and in still other cases about 220° C. Immediately prior to entering the first V/L separator the passivated solution in some cases may have a maximum pressure of about 40 MPag, in other cases about 25 MPag and in still cases about 15 MPag; the minimum pressure in some cases may be about 1.5 MPag, in other cases about 5 MPag and in still other cases about 6 MPag. - The first V/L separator (
vessel 25 inFIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures. For example, the maximum operating temperature of the first V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 285° C. and in still other cases about 270° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 140° C. and in still other cases 170° C. The maximum operating pressure of the first V/L separator in some cases may be about 20 MPag, in other cases about 10 MPag and in still other cases about 5 MPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 1 MPag, in other cases about 2 MPag and in still other cases about 3 MPag. - The second V/L separator (
vessel 28 inFIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures. For example, the maximum operating temperature of the second V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 250° C. and in still other cases about 200° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 125° C. and in still other cases about 150° C. The maximum operating pressure of the second V/L separator in some cases may be about 1000 kPag, in other cases about 900 kPag and in still other cases about 800 kPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 10 kPag, in other cases about 20 kPag and in still other cases about 30 kPag. - The third V/L separator (
vessel 31 inFIGS. 1 and 2 ) may be operated over a relatively broad range of temperatures and pressures. For example, the maximum operating temperature of the third V/L separator in some cases may be about 300° C., in other cases about 250° C., and in still other cases about 200° C.; the minimum operating temperature in some cases may be about 100° C., in other cases about 125° C. and in still other cases about 150° C. The maximum operating pressure of the third V/L separator in some cases may be about 500 kPag, in other cases about 150 kPag and in still other cases about 100 kPag; the minimum operating pressure in some cases may be about 1 kPag, in other cases about 10 kPag and in still other cases about 25 kPag. - Embodiments of the continuous solution polymerization process shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 show three V/L separators. However, continuous solution polymerization embodiments may include configurations comprising at least one V/L separator. - The ethylene interpolymer products having improved color produced in the continuous solution polymerization process may be recovered using conventional devolatilization systems that are well known to persons skilled in the art, non-limiting examples include flash devolatilization systems and devolatilizing extruders.
- Any reactor shape or design may be used for
reactor 11 a (R1) andreactor 12 a (R2) inFIGS. 1 and 2 ; non-limiting examples include unstirred or stirred spherical, cylindrical or tank-like vessels, as well as tubular reactors or recirculating loop reactors. At commercial scale the maximum volume of R1 in some cases may be about 20,000 gallons (about 75,710 L), in other cases about 10,000 gallons (about 37,850 L) and in still other cases about 5,000 gallons (about 18,930 L). At commercial scale the minimum volume of R1 in some cases may be about 100 gallons (about 379 L), in other cases about 500 gallons (about 1,893 L) and in still other cases about 1,000 gallons (about 3,785 L). At pilot plant scales reactor volumes are typically much smaller, for example the volume of R1 at pilot scale could be less than about 2 gallons (less than about 7.6 L). In this disclosure the volume of reactor R2 is expressed as a percent of the volume of reactor R1. The upper limit on the volume of R2 in some cases may be about 600% of R1, in other cases about 400% of R1 and in still other cases about 200% of R1. For clarity, if the volume of R1 is 5,000 gallons and R2 is 200% the volume of R1, then R2 has a volume of 10,000 gallons. The lower limit on the volume of R2 in some cases may be about 50% of R1, in other cases about 100% of R1 and in still other cases about 150% of R1. In the case of continuously stirred tank reactors the stirring rate can vary over a wide range; in some cases from about 10 rpm to about 2000 rpm, in other cases from about 100 to about 1500 rpm and in still other cases from about 200 to about 1300 rpm. In this disclosure the volume of R3, the tubular reactor, is expressed as a percent of the volume of reactor R2. The upper limit on the volume of R3 in some cases may be about 500% of R2, in other cases about 300% of R2 and in still other cases about 100% of R2. The lower limit on the volume of R3 in some cases may be about 3% of R2, in other cases about 10% of R2 and in still other cases about 50% of R2. - The “average reactor residence time”, a commonly used parameter in the chemical engineering art, is defined by the first moment of the reactor residence time distribution; the reactor residence time distribution is a probability distribution function that describes the amount of time that a fluid element spends inside the reactor. The average reactor residence time can vary widely depending on process flow rates and reactor mixing, design and capacity. The upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R1 in some cases may be about 600 seconds, in other cases about 360 seconds and in still other cases about 180 seconds. The lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R1 in some cases may be about 10 seconds, in other cases about 20 seconds and in still other cases about 40 seconds. The upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R2 in some cases may be about 720 seconds, in other cases about 480 seconds and in still other cases about 240 seconds. The lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R2 in some cases may be about 10 seconds, in other cases about 30 seconds and in still other cases about 60 seconds. The upper limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R3 in some cases may be about 600 seconds, in other cases about 360 seconds and in still other cases about 180 seconds. The lower limit on the average reactor residence time of the solution in R3 in some cases may be about 1 second, in other cases about 5 seconds and in still other cases about 10 seconds.
- Optionally, additional reactors (e.g., CSTRs, loops or tubes, etc.) could be added to the continuous solution polymerization process embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 . In this disclosure, the number of reactors is not particularly important; with the proviso that the continuous solution polymerization process comprises at least two reactors that employ at least one single-site catalyst formulation and at least one heterogeneous catalyst formulation. - In operating the continuous solution polymerization process embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 the total amount of ethylene supplied to the process can be portioned or split between the three reactors R1, R2 and R3. This operational variable is referred to as the Ethylene Split (ES), i.e. “ESR1” “ESR2” and “ESR3” refer to the weight percent of ethylene injected in R1, R2 and R3, respectively; with the proviso that ESR1+ESR2+ESR3=100%. This is accomplished by adjusting the ethylene flow rates in the following streams: stream 2 (R1), stream 7 (R2) and stream 14 (R3). The upper limit on ESR1 in some cases is about 60%, in other cases about 55% and in still other cases about 50%; the lower limit on ESR1 in some cases is about 10%, in other cases about 15% and in still other cases about 20%. The upper limit on ESR2 in some cases is about 90%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 70%; the lower limit on ESR2 in some cases is about 20%, in other cases about 30% and in still other cases about 40%. The upper limit on ESR3 in some cases is about 30%, in other cases about 25% and in still other cases about 20%; the lower limit on ESR3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%. - In operating the continuous solution polymerization process embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 the ethylene concentration in each reactor is also controlled. The R1 ethylene concentration is defined as the weight of ethylene inreactor 1 divided by the total weight of everything added toreactor 1; the R2 ethylene concentration (wt %) and R3 ethylene concentration (wt %) are defined similarly. Ethylene concentrations in the reactors in some cases may vary from about 7 weight percent (wt %) to about 25 wt %, in other cases from about 8 wt % to about 20 wt % and in still other cases from about 9 wt % to about 17 wt %. - In operating the continuous solution polymerization process embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 that produce ethylene interpolymers having improved color, the total amount of ethylene converted in each reactor is monitored. The term “QR1” refers to the percent of the ethylene added to R1 that is converted into an ethylene interpolymer by the catalyst formulation. Similarly QR2 and QR3 represent the percent of the ethylene added to R2 and R3 that was converted into ethylene interpolymer, in the respective reactor. Ethylene conversions can vary significantly depending on a variety of process conditions, e.g. catalyst concentration, catalyst formulation, impurities and poisons. The upper limit on both QR1 and QR2 in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on both QR1 and QR2 in some cases is about 65%, in other cases about 70% and in still other cases about 75%. The upper limit on QR3 in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on QR3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%. The term “QT” represents the total or overall ethylene conversion across the entire continuous solution polymerization plant; i.e. QT=100×[weight of ethylene in the interpolymer product]/([weight of ethylene in the interpolymer product]+[weight of unreacted ethylene]). The upper limit on QT in some cases is about 99%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%; the lower limit on QT in some cases is about 75%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 85%. - Optionally, α-olefin may be added to the continuous solution polymerization process. If added, α-olefin may be proportioned or split between R1, R2 and R3. This operational variable is referred to as the Comonomer Split (CS), i.e. “CSR1”, “CSR2” and “CSR3” refer to the weight percent of α-olefin comonomer that is injected in R1, R2 and R3, respectively; with the proviso that CSR1+CSR2+CSR3=100%. This is accomplished by adjusting α-olefin flow rates in the following streams: stream 3 (R1), stream 8 (R2) and stream 15 (R3). The upper limit on CSR1 in some cases is 100% (i.e. 100% of the α-olefin is injected into R1), in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. The lower limit on CSR1 in some cases is 0% (ethylene homopolymer produced in R1), in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%. The upper limit on CSR2 in some cases is about 100% (i.e., 100% of the α-olefin is injected into reactor 2), in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. The lower limit on CSR2 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%. The upper limit on CSR3 in some cases is 100%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. The lower limit on CSR3 in some cases is 0%, in other cases about 5% and in still other cases about 10%.
- In the continuous polymerization processes described in this disclosure, polymerization is terminated by adding a catalyst deactivator. Embodiments in
FIGS. 1 and 2 show catalyst deactivation occurring either: (a) upstream of the tubular reactor by adding a catalyst deactivator A fromcatalyst deactivator tank 18A, or; (b) downstream of the tubular reactor by adding a catalyst deactivator B fromcatalyst deactivator tank 18B.Catalyst deactivator tanks - Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 ; prior to entering the first V/L separator, a passivator or acid scavenger is added to deactivated solution A or B to form a passivated solution, i.e. passivatedsolution stream 23.Passivator tank 22 may contain neat (100%) passivator, a solution of passivator in a solvent, or a slurry of passivator in a solvent. Non-limiting examples of suitable solvents include linear or branched C5 to C12 alkanes. In this disclosure, how the passivator is added is not particularly important. Suitable passivators are well known in the art, non-limiting examples include alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of carboxylic acids or hydrotalcites. The quantity of passivator added can vary over a wide range. In this disclosure the molar quantity of passivator added was determined by the total moles of chloride compounds added to the solution process, i.e. the chloride compound “component (vi)” plus the metal compound “compound (vii)”. Optionally, a first and second chloride compound and a first and second metal compound may be used, i.e. to form the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations; in this case the amount of passivator added is determined by the total moles all chloride containing compounds. The upper limit on passivator mole ratio (moles passivator)/(total chlorides) molar ratio may be 20, in somecases 15 and inother cases 10. The lower limit on the (passivator)/(total chlorides) molar ratio may be about 5, in some cases about 7 and in still other cases about 9. In general, the passivator is added in the minimal amount to substantially passivate the deactivated solution. - The first ethylene interpolymer is produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 , if the optional α-olefin is not added to reactor 1 (R1), then the ethylene interpolymer produced in R1 is an ethylene homopolymer. If an α-olefin is added, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the first ethylene interpolymer: ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R1. The upper limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R1 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1. The lower limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R1 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5. Hereafter, the symbol “σ1” refers to the density of the first ethylene interpolymer produced in R1. The upper limit on σ1 may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. The lower limit on σ1 may be about 0.855 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.865 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.875 g/cm3. - Methods to determine the CDBI50 (Composition Distribution Branching Index) of an ethylene interpolymer are well known to those skilled in the art. The CDBI50, expressed as a percent, is defined as the percent of the ethylene interpolymer whose comonomer composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition. It is also well known to those skilled in the art that the CDBI50 of ethylene interpolymers produced with single-site catalyst formulations are higher relative to the CDBI50 of α-olefin containing ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations. The upper limit on the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer (produced with a single-site catalyst formulation) may be about 98%, in other cases about 95% and in still other cases about 90%. The lower limit on the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 70%, in other cases about 75% and in still other cases about 80%.
- As is well known to those skilled in the art the Mw/Mn of ethylene interpolymers produced with single site catalyst formulations are lower relative to ethylene interpolymers produced with heterogeneous catalyst formulations. Thus, in the embodiments disclosed, the first ethylene interpolymer has a lower Mw/Mn relative to the second ethylene interpolymer; where the second ethylene interpolymer is produced with a heterogeneous catalyst formulation. The upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.8, in other cases about 2.5 and in still other cases about 2.2. The lower limit on the Mw/Mn the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.7, in other cases about 1.8 and in still other cases about 1.9.
- The first ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the single-site catalyst formulation used. Those skilled in the art will understand that catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of catalytic metal in the first ethylene interpolymer, where metal refers to the metal in component (i), i.e. the metal in the “bulky ligand-metal complex”; hereafter this metal will be referred to “metal A”. As recited earlier in this disclosure, non-limiting examples of metal A include
Group 4 metals, titanium, zirconium and hafnium. The upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 1.0 ppm, in other cases about 0.9 ppm and in still other cases about 0.8 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer may be about 0.01 ppm, in other cases about 0.1 ppm and in still other cases about 0.2 ppm. - The amount of hydrogen added to R1 can vary over a wide range allowing the continuous solution process to produce first ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter I2 1 (melt index is measured at 190° C. using a 2.16 kg load following the procedures outlined in ASTM D1238). This is accomplished by adjusting the hydrogen flow rate in stream 4 (as shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 ). The quantity of hydrogen added to R1 is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R1 relative to the total mass in reactor R1; hereafter H2 R1 (ppm). In some cases H2 R1 (ppm) ranges from about 100 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in alternative cases from about 20 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm. The upper limit on I2 1 may be about 200 dg/min, in some cases about 100 dg/min; in other cases about 50 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 1 dg/min. The lower limit on I2 1 may be about 0.01 dg/min, in some cases about 0.05 dg/min; in other cases about 0.1 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.5 dg/min. - The upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 60 wt %, in other cases about 55 wt % and in still other cases about 50 wt %. The lower limit on the wt % of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 15 wt %; in other cases about 25 wt % and in still other cases about 30 wt %.
- Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIG. 1 , if optional α-olefin is not added toreactor 12 a (R2) either through fresh α-olefin stream 8 or carried over fromreactor 11 a (R1) instream 11 e (in series mode), then the ethylene interpolymer produced inreactor 12 a (R2) is an ethylene homopolymer. If an optional α-olefin is present in R2, the following weight ratio is one parameter to control the density of the second ethylene interpolymer produced in R2: ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R2. The upper limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R2 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1. The lower limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R2 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5. Hereafter, the symbol “σ2” refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R2. The upper limit on σ2 may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. Depending on the heterogeneous catalyst formulation used, the lower limit on σ2 may be about 0.89 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.90 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.91 g/cm3. The ranges disclosed in this paragraph also apply to the embodiments shown inFIG. 2 . - A heterogeneous catalyst formulation is used to produce the second ethylene interpolymer. If the second ethylene interpolymer contains an α-olefin, the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer is lower relative to the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer that was produced with a single-site catalyst formulation. In an embodiment of this disclosure, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an α-olefin) may be about 70%, in other cases about 65% and in still other cases about 60%. In an embodiment of this disclosure, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer (that contains an α-olefin) may be about 45%, in other cases about 50% and in still other cases about 55%. If an α-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the second ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer. In the case of a homopolymer, which does not contain α-olefin, one can still measure a CDBI50 using TREF. In the case of a homopolymer, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%. It is well known to those skilled in the art that as the α-olefin content in the second ethylene interpolymer approaches zero, there is a smooth transition between the recited CDBI50 limits for the second ethylene interpolymers (that contain an α-olefin) and the recited CDBI50 limits for the second ethylene interpolymers that are ethylene homopolymers. Typically, the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI50 of the second ethylene interpolymer.
- The Mw/Mn of second ethylene interpolymer is higher than the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer. The upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 4.4, in other cases about 4.2 and in still other cases about 4.0. The lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2. Mw/Mn's of 2.2 are observed when the melt index of the second ethylene interpolymer is high, or when the melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product is high, e.g., greater than 10 dg/minute. In other cases the lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6.
- The second ethylene interpolymer contains catalyst residues that reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Those skilled in the art with understand that heterogeneous catalyst residues are typically quantified by the parts per million of catalytic metal in the second ethylene interpolymer, where the metal refers to the metal originating from “component (vii)”, i.e., the metal compound; hereafter this metal will be referred to as “metal B”. As recited earlier in this disclosure, non-limiting examples of metal B include metals selected from
Group 4 throughGroup 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected fromGroup 4 throughGroup 8. The upper limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of metal B in the second ethylene interpolymer may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm. While not wishing to be bound by any particular theory, in series mode of operation it is believed that the chemical environment within the second reactor deactivates the single site catalyst formulation, or; in parallel mode of operation the chemical environment withinstream 12 d deactivates the single site catalyst formation. - Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 , the amount of hydrogen added to R2 can vary over a wide range which allows the continuous solution process to produce second ethylene interpolymers that differ greatly in melt index, hereafter I2 2. This is accomplished by adjusting the hydrogen flow rate instream 9. The quantity of hydrogen added is expressed as the parts-per-million (ppm) of hydrogen in R2 relative to the total mass in reactor R2; hereafter H2 R2 (ppm). In some cases H2 R2 (ppm) ranges from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in some cases from about 25 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 10 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm. The upper limit on I2 2 may be about 1000 dg/min; in some cases about 750 dg/min; in other cases about 500 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min. The lower limit on I2 2 may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min, in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min. - The upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 85 wt %, in other cases about 80 wt % and in still other cases about 70 wt %. The lower limit on the wt % of the second ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt %; in other cases about 40 wt % and in still other cases about 50 wt %.
- Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIG. 1 a third ethylene interpolymer is not produced in reactor 17 (R3) if catalyst deactivator A is added upstream ofreactor 17 viacatalyst deactivator tank 18A. If catalyst deactivator A is not added and optional α-olefin is not added toreactor 17 either through fresh α-olefin stream 15 or carried over fromreactor 12 a (R2) instream 12 c (series mode) orstream 12 d (parallel mode) then the ethylene interpolymer produced inreactor 17 is an ethylene homopolymer. If catalyst deactivator A is not added and optional α-olefin is present in R3, the following weight ratio determines the density of the third ethylene interpolymer: ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R3. In the continuous solution polymerization process ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R3 is one of the control parameter used to produce a third ethylene interpolymer with a desired density. The upper limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R3 may be about 3; in other cases about 2 and in still other cases about 1. The lower limit on ((α-olefin)/(ethylene))R3 may be 0; in other cases about 0.25 and in still other cases about 0.5. Hereafter, the symbol “03” refers to the density of the ethylene interpolymer produced in R3. The upper limit on σ3 may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. Depending on the heterogeneous catalyst formulations used, the lower limit on σ3 may be about 0.89 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.90 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.91 g/cm3. Optionally, a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation may be added to R3. The ranges disclosed in this paragraph also apply to the embodiments shown inFIG. 2 . - Typically, the upper limit on the CDBI50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer (containing an α-olefin) may be about 65%, in other cases about 60% and in still other cases about 55%. The CDBI50 of an α-olefin containing optional third ethylene interpolymer will be lower than the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer produced with the single-site catalyst formulation. Typically, the lower limit on the CDBI50 of the optional third ethylene interpolymer (containing an α-olefin) may be about 35%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 45%. If an α-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process the optional third ethylene interpolymer is an ethylene homopolymer. In the case of an ethylene homopolymer the upper limit on the CDBI50 may be about 98%, in other cases about 96% and in still other cases about 95%, and; the lower limit on the CDBI50 may be about 88%, in other cases about 89% and in still other cases about 90%. Typically, the CDBI50 of the first ethylene interpolymer is higher than the CDBI50 of the third ethylene interpolymer and second ethylene interpolymer.
- The upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 5.0, in other cases about 4.8 and in still other cases about 4.5. The lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2.2, in other cases about 2.4 and in still other cases about 2.6. The Mw/Mn of the optional third ethylene interpolymer is higher than the Mw/Mn of the first ethylene interpolymer. When blended together, the second and third ethylene interpolymer have a fourth Mw/Mn which is not broader than the Mw/Mn of the second ethylene interpolymer.
- The catalyst residues in the optional third ethylene interpolymer reflect the chemical composition of the heterogeneous catalyst formulation(s) used, i.e. the first and optionally a second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. The chemical compositions of the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulations may be the same or different; for example, a first component (vii) and a second component (vii) may be used to synthesize the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. As recited above, “metal B” refers to the metal that originates from the first component (vii). Hereafter, “metal C” refers to the metal that originates from the second component (vii). Metal B and optional metal C may be the same, or different. Non-limiting examples of metal B and metal C include metals selected from
Group 4 throughGroup 8 of the Periodic Table, or mixtures of metals selected fromGroup 4 throughGroup 8. The upper limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 12 ppm, in other cases about 10 ppm and in still other cases about 8 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the optional third ethylene interpolymer may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm. - Referring to the embodiments shown in
FIGS. 1 and 2 , optional hydrogen may be added to the tubular reactor (R3) viastream 16. The amount of hydrogen added to R3 may vary over a wide range. Adjusting the amount of hydrogen in R3, hereafter H2 R3 (ppm), allows the continuous solution process to produce optional third ethylene interpolymers that differ widely in melt index, hereafter I2 3. The amount of optional hydrogen added to R3 ranges from about 50 ppm to 0 ppm, in some cases from about 25 ppm to 0 ppm, in other cases from about 10 to 0 and in still other cases from about 2 ppm to 0 ppm. The upper limit on I2 3 may be about 2000 dg/min; in some cases about 1500 dg/min; in other cases about 1000 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 500 dg/min. The lower limit on I2 3 may be about 0.5 dg/min, in some cases about 0.6 dg/min, in other cases about 0.7 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.8 dg/min. - The upper limit on the weight percent (wt %) of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 30 wt %, in other cases about 25 wt % and in still other cases about 20 wt %. The lower limit on the wt % of the optional third ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product may be 0 wt %; in other cases about 5 wt % and in still other cases about 10 wt %.
- The upper limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.975 g/cm3; in some cases about 0.965 g/cm3 and; in other cases about 0.955 g/cm3. The lower limit on the density of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.869 g/cm3, in some cases about 0.879 g/cm3, and; in other cases about 0.889 g/cm3.
- The upper limit on the CDBI50 of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 97%, in other cases about 90% and in still other cases about 85%. An ethylene interpolymer product with a CDBI50 of 97% may result if an α-olefin is not added to the continuous solution polymerization process; in this case, the ethylene interpolymer product is an ethylene homopolymer. The lower limit on the CDBI50 of an ethylene interpolymer may be about 20%, in other cases about 40% and in still other cases about 60%.
- The upper limit on the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 25, in other cases about 15 and in still other cases about 9. The lower limit on the Mw/Mn of the ethylene interpolymer product may be 2.0, in other cases about 2.2 and in still other cases about 2.4.
- The catalyst residues in the ethylene interpolymer product reflect the chemical compositions of: the single-site catalyst formulation employed in R1; the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R2, and; optionally the first or optionally the first and second heterogeneous catalyst formulation employed in R3. In this disclosure, catalyst residues were quantified by measuring the parts per million of catalytic metal in the ethylene interpolymer products. In addition, the elemental quantities (ppm) of magnesium, chlorine and aluminum were quantified. Catalytic metals originate from two or optionally three sources, specifically: 1) “metal A” that originates from component (i) that was used to form the single-site catalyst formulation; (2) “metal B” that originates from the first component (vii) that was used to form the first heterogeneous catalyst formulation, and; (3) optionally “metal C” that originates from the second component (vii) that was used to form the optional second heterogeneous catalyst formulation. Metals A, B and C may be the same or different. In this disclosure the term “total catalytic metal” is equivalent to the sum of catalytic metals A+B+C. Further, in this disclosure the terms “first total catalytic metal” and “second total catalyst metal” are used to differentiate between the amount of catalytic metal in the first and second ethylene interpolymer.
- The upper limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.6 ppm, in other cases about 0.5 ppm and in still other cases about 0.4 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of metal A in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.001 ppm, in other cases about 0.01 ppm and in still other cases about 0.03 ppm. The upper limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7 ppm. The lower limit on the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
- In some embodiments, ethylene interpolymers may be produced where the catalytic metals (metals A, B and C) are the same metal; a non-limiting example would be titanium. In such embodiments, the ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product is calculated using equation (VII):
-
ppm(B+C)=((ppm(A+B+C)−(f A×ppmA))/(1−f A) (VII) - where: ppm(B+C) is the calculated ppm of (metal B+metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product; ppm(A+B+C) is the total ppm of catalyst residue in the ethylene interpolymer product as measured experimentally, i.e. (metal A ppm+metal B ppm+metal C ppm); fA represents the weight fraction of the first ethylene interpolymer in the ethylene interpolymer product, fA may vary from about 0.15 to about 0.6, and; ppmA represents the ppm of metal A in the first ethylene interpolymer. In equation (VII) ppmA is assumed to be 0.35 ppm.
- Embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein have lower catalyst residues relative to the polyethylene polymers described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,931. Higher catalyst residues in U.S. Pat. No. 6,277,931 increase the complexity of the continuous solution polymerization process; an example of increased complexity includes additional purification steps to remove catalyst residues from the polymer. In contrast, in the present disclosure, catalyst residues are not removed. In this disclosure, the upper limit on the “total catalytic metal”, i.e., the total ppm of (metal A ppm+metal B ppm+optional metal C ppm) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 11 ppm, in other cases about 9 ppm and in still other cases about 7, and; the lower limit on the total ppm of catalyst residuals (metal A+metal B+optional metal C) in the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 2 ppm, in other cases about 3 ppm and in still other cases about 4 ppm.
- The upper limit on melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 500 dg/min, in some cases about 400 dg/min; in other cases about 300 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 200 dg/min. The lower limit on the melt index of the ethylene interpolymer product may be about 0.3 dg/min, in some cases about 0.4 dg/min; in other cases about 0.5 dg/min, and; in still other cases about 0.6 dg/min.
- A computer generated ethylene interpolymer product is illustrated in Table 3; this simulations was based on fundamental kinetic models (with kinetic constants specific for each catalyst formulation) as well as feed and reactor conditions. The simulation was based on the configuration of the solution pilot plant described below; which was used to produce the examples of ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein. Simulated Example 13 was synthesized using a single-site catalyst formulation (PIC-1) in R1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation in R2 and R3. Table 7 discloses a non-limiting example of the density, melt index and molecular weights of the first, second and third ethylene interpolymers produced in the three reactors (R1, R2 and R3); these three interpolymers are combined to produce Simulated Example 13 (the ethylene polymer product). As shown in Table 7, the Simulated Example 13 product has a density of 0.9169 g/cm3, a melt index of 1.0 dg/min, a branch frequency of 12.1 (the number of C6-branches per 1000 carbon atoms (1-octene comonomer)) and a Mw/Mn of 3.11. Simulated Example 13 comprises: a first, second and third ethylene interpolymer having a first, second and third melt index of 0.31 dg/min, 1.92 dg/min and 4.7 dg/min, respectively; a first, second and third density of 0.9087 g/cm3, 0.9206 g/cm3 and 0.9154 g/cm3, respectively; a first, second and third Mw/Mn of 2.03 Mw/Mn, 3.29 Mw/Mn and 3.28 Mw/Mn, respectively, and; a first, second and third CDBI50 of 90 to 95%, 55 to 60% and 45 to 55%, respectively. The simulated production rate of Simulated Example 13 was 90.9 kg/hr and the R3 exit temperature was 217.1° C.
- Tables 1A through 1C summarize solution process conditions used to produce ethylene interpolymer products Example 6 and 7, as well as Comparative Example 3; the target melt index and density targets of these samples were 0.60 dg/min and 0.915 g/cm3. Example 6 and 7 were produced using a single-site catalyst in R1 and an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in R2. In contrast, Comparative Example 3 was produced using a single-site catalyst in both reactors R1 and R2. Table 1A-1C show higher production rates (kg/h) for Examples 6 and 7, relative to Comparative Example 3. In Examples 6 and 7 ethylene interpolymer products were produced at 85.2 and 94 kg/h, respectively; 13% and 24% higher, respectively, relative to Comparative Example 3 at 75.6 kg/h.
- Examples 6 and 7 are two non-limiting embodiments of this disclosure; selected physical properties of Examples 6 and 7 are summarized in Table 2.
- Example 6 is an ethylene interpolymer product that has a Dilution Index (Yd) of 4.69; a Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) of −0.08; 5.2 ppm of total catalytic metal (titanium), and; 0.038 terminal vinyls/100 carbon atoms. The Dilution Index (Yd) and Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) are fully described in the next section of this disclosure.
- In
FIG. 3 the Dilution Index (Yd, having dimensions of ° (degrees)) and Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) are plotted for several embodiments of the ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein (the solid symbols), as well as comparative ethylene interpolymer products, i.e., Comparative A, D, E and S. Further,FIG. 3 defines the following three quadrants: -
- Type I: Yd>0 and Xd<0;
- Type II: Yd>0 and Xd>0, and;
- Type II: Yd<0 and Xd>0.
- The data plotted in
FIG. 3 is also tabulated in Table 4. InFIG. 3 , Comparative S (open triangle) was used as the rheological reference in the Dilution Index test protocol. Comparative S is an ethylene interpolymer product comprising an ethylene interpolymer synthesized using an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in one solution reactor, i.e. SCLAIR® FP120-C which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada). Comparatives D and E (open diamonds, Yd<0, Xd>0) are ethylene interpolymer products comprising a first ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation and a second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation employing a dual reactor solution process, i.e. Elite® 5100G and Elite® 5400G, respectively, both ethylene/1-octene interpolymers available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA). Comparative A (open square, Yd>0 and Xd<0) was an ethylene interpolymer product comprising a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst formation in a dual reactor solution process, i.e., SURPASS® FPs117-C which is an ethylene/1-octene interpolymer available from NOVA Chemicals Company (Calgary, Alberta, Canada). - The following defines the Dilution Index (Yd) and Dimensionless Modulus (Xd). In addition to having molecular weights, molecular weight distributions and branching structures, blends of ethylene interpolymers may exhibit a hierarchical structure in the melt phase. In other words, the ethylene interpolymer components may be, or may not be, homogeneous down to the molecular level depending on interpolymer miscibility and the physical history of the blend. Such hierarchical physical structure in the melt is expected to have a strong impact on flow and hence on processing and converting; as well as the end-use properties of manufactured articles. The nature of this hierarchical physical structure between interpolymers can be characterized.
- The hierarchical physical structure of ethylene interpolymers can be characterized using melt rheology. A convenient method can be based on the small amplitude frequency sweep tests. Such rheology results are expressed as the phase angle δ as a function of complex modulus G*, referred to as van Gurp-Palmen plots (as described in M. Van Gurp, J. Palmen, Rheol. Bull. (1998) 67(1): 5-8, and; Dealy J, Plazek D. Rheol. Bull. (2009) 78(2): 16-31). For a typical ethylene interpolymer, the phase angle S increases toward its upper bound of 90° with G* becoming sufficiently low. A typical VGP plot is shown in
FIG. 4 . The VGP plots are a signature of resin architecture. The rise of δ toward 90° is monotonic for an ideally linear, monodisperse interpolymer. The S(G*) for a branched interpolymer or a blend containing a branched interpolymer may show an inflection point that reflects the topology of the branched interpolymer (see S. Trinkle, P. Walter, C. Friedrich, Rheo. Acta (2002) 41: 103-113). The deviation of the phase angle δ from the monotonic rise may indicate a deviation from the ideal linear interpolymer either due to presence of long chain branching if the inflection point is low (e.g., δ≤20°) or a blend containing at least two interpolymers having dissimilar branching structure if the inflection point is high (e.g., δ≥70θ). - For commercially available linear low density polyethylenes, inflection points are not observed; with the exception of some commercial polyethylenes that contain a small amount of long chain branching (LCB). To use the VGP plots regardless of presence of LCB, an alternative is to use the point where the frequency ωc is two decades below the cross-over frequency ωc, i.e., ωc=0.01ωx. The cross-over point is taken as the reference as it is known to be a characteristic point that correlates with MI, density and other specifications of an ethylene interpolymer. The cross-over modulus is related to the plateau modulus for a given molecular weight distribution (see S. Wu. J Polym Sci, Polym Phys Ed (1989) 27:723; M. R. Nobile, F. Cocchini. Rheol Acta (2001) 40:111). The two decade shift in phase angle δ is to find the comparable points where the individual viscoelastic responses of constituents could be detected; to be more clear, this two decade shift is shown in
FIG. 5 . The complex modulus Gc* for this point is normalized to the cross-over modulus, Gx*/(√{square root over (2)}), as (√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*, to minimize the variation due to overall molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and the short chain branching. As a result, the coordinates on VGP plots for this low frequency point at ωc=0.01ωx, namely (√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx* and δc, characterize the contribution due to blending. Similar to the inflection points, the closer the ((√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*, δc) point is toward the 90° upper bound, the more the blend behaves as if it were an ideal single component. - As an alternative way to avoid interference due to the molecular weight, molecular weight distribution and the short branching of the ethylene δc interpolymer ingredients, the coordinates (Gc*, δc) are compared to a reference sample of interest to form the following two parameters:
- “Dilution Index (Yd)”
-
Yd=δc−(C0−C1 e C2 ln Gc *) - “Dimensionless Modulus (Xd)”
-
Xd=G0.01ωc */Gr* - The constants C0, C1, and C2 are determined by fitting the VGP data δ(G*) of the reference sample to the following equation:
-
δ=C0−C1 e C2 ln G* - Gr* is the complex modulus of this reference sample at its δc=δ(0.01ωx). When an ethylene interpolymer, synthesized with an in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst employing one solution reactor, having a density of 0.920 g/cm3 and a melt index (MI or I2) of 1.0 dg/min is taken as a reference sample, the constants are:
- C0=93.43°
- C1=1.316°
- C2=0.2945
- Gr*=9432 Pa.
- The values of these constants can be different if the rheology test protocol differs from that specified herein.
- These regrouped coordinates (Xd, Yd) from (Gc*, δc) allows comparison between ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein with Comparative examples. The Dilution Index (Yd) reflects whether the blend behaves like a simple blend of linear ethylene interpolymers (lacking hierarchical structure in the melt) or shows a distinctive response that reflects a hierarchical physical structure within the melt. The lower the Yd, the more the sample shows separate responses from the ethylene interpolymers that comprise the blend; the higher the Yd the more the sample behaves like a single component, or single ethylene interpolymer.
- Returning to
FIG. 3 : Type I (upper left quadrant) ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure (solid symbols) have Yd>0; in contrast, Type III (lower right quadrant) comparative ethylene interpolymers, Comparative D and E have Yd<0. In the case of Type I ethylene interpolymer products (solid circles), the first ethylene interpolymer (single-site catalyst) and the second ethylene interpolymer (in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst) behave as a simple blend of two ethylene interpolymers and a hierarchical structure within the melt does not exist. However, in the case of Comparatives D and E (open diamonds), the melt comprising a first ethylene interpolymer (single-site catalyst) and a second ethylene interpolymer (batch Ziegler Natta catalyst) possesses a hierarchical structure. - The ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure fall into one of two quadrants: Type I with Xd<0, or; Type II with Xd>0. The Dimensionless Modulus (Xd), reflects differences (relative to the reference sample) that are related to the overall molecular weight, molecular weight distribution (Mw/Mn) and short chain branching. Not wishing to be bound by theory, conceptually, the Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) may be considered to be related to the Mw/Mn and the radius of gyration (<Rg>2) of the ethylene interpolymer in the melt; conceptually, increasing Xd has similar effects as increasing Mw/Mn and/or <Rg>2, without the risk of including lower molecular weight fraction and sacrificing certain related properties.
- Relative to Comparative A (recall that Comparative A comprises a first and second ethylene interpolymer synthesized with a single-site catalyst) the solution process disclosed herein enables the manufacture of ethylene interpolymer products having higher Xd. Not wishing to be bound by theory, as Xd increases the macromolecular coils of higher molecular weight fraction are more expanded (conceptually higher <Rg>2) and upon crystallization the probability of tie chain formation is increased resulting in higher toughness properties; the polyethylene art is replete with disclosures that correlate higher toughness (higher dart impact in film applications and improved ESCR and/or PENT in molding applications) with an increasing probability of tie chain formation.
- In the Dilution Index testing protocol, the upper limit on Yd may be about 20, in some cases about 15 and is other cases about 13. The lower limit on Yd may be about −30, in some cases −25, in other cases −20 and in still other cases −15.
- In the Dilution Index testing protocol, the upper limit on Xd is 1.0, in some cases about 0.95 and in other cases about 0.9. The lower limit on Xd is −2, in some cases −1.5 and in still other cases −1.0.
- The ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are further characterized by a terminal vinyl unsaturation greater than or equal to 0.03 terminal vinyl groups per 100 carbon atoms (≥0.03 terminal vinyls/100 C); as determine via Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) spectroscopy according to ASTM ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98.
- FIG. 6 compares the terminal vinyl/100 C content of the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure with several Comparatives. The data shown in
FIG. 6 is also tabulated in Tables 5A and 5B. All of the comparatives inFIG. 6 and Tables 5A and 5B are Elite® products available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA); Elite products are ethylene interpolymers produced in a dual reactor solution process and comprise an interpolymer synthesized using a single-site catalyst and an interpolymer synthesized using a batch Ziegler-Natta catalyst: Comparative B is Elite 5401G; Comparative C is Elite 5400G; Comparative E and E2 are Elite 5500G; Comparative G is Elite 5960; Comparative H and H2 are Elite 5100G; Comparative I is Elite 5940G, and; Comparative J is Elite 5230G. - As shown in
FIG. 6 the average terminal vinyl content in the ethylene interpolymer of this disclosure was 0.045 terminal vinyls/100 C; in contrast, the average terminal vinyl content in the Comparative samples was 0.023 terminal vinyls/100 C. Statistically, at the 99.999% confidence level, the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure are significantly different from the Comparatives; i.e. a t-Test assuming equal variances shows that the means of the two populations (0.045 and 0.023 terminal vinyls/100 C) are significantly different at the 99.999% confidence level (t(obs)=12.891>3.510 t(crit two tail); or p-value=4.84×10−17<0.001 α (99.999% confidence)). - The ethylene interpolymer products of this disclosure are further characterized by having ≥3 parts per million (ppm) of total catalytic metal (Ti); where the quantity of catalytic metal was determined by Neutron Activation Analysis (N.A.A.) as specified herein.
-
FIG. 7 compares the total catalytic metal content of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers with several Comparatives;FIG. 7 data is also tabulated in Tables 6A and 6B. All of the comparatives inFIG. 7 and Tables 6A and 6B are Elite® products available from The Dow Chemical Company (Midland, Mich., USA), for additional detail see the section above. - As shown in
FIG. 7 the average total catalytic metal content in the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure was 7.02 ppm of titanium; in contrast, the average total catalytic metal content in the Comparative samples was 1.63 ppm of titanium. Statistically, at the 99.999% confidence level, the ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure are significantly different from the Comparatives, i.e., a t-Test assuming equal variances shows that the means of the two populations (7.02 and 1.63 ppm titanium) are significantly different at the 99.999% confidence level, i.e. (t(obs)=12.71>3.520 t(crit two tail); or p-value=1.69×10−16<0.001 α (99.999% confidence)). - Ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein may be converted into a wide variety of flexible manufactured articles. Non-limiting examples include monolayer or multilayer films. Such films are well known to those of ordinary sill in the art. Non-limiting examples of processes to prepare such films include blown film and cast film processes.
- Depending on the end-use application, the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be converted into films that span a wide range of thicknesses. Non-limiting examples include, food packaging films where thicknesses may range from about 0.5 mil (13 μm) to about 4 mil (102 μm), and; in heavy duty sack applications film thickness may range from about 2 mil (51 μm) to about 10 mil (254 μm).
- The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be used in monolayer films; where the monolayer comprises one or more of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products and optionally additional thermoplastics; non-limiting examples of thermoplastics include ethylene polymers and propylene polymers. The lower limit on the weight percent of the ethylene interpolymer product in a monolayer film may be about 3 wt %, in other cases about 10 wt % and in still other cases about 30 wt %. The upper limit on the weight percent of the ethylene interpolymer product in the monolayer film may be 100 wt %, in other cases about 90 wt % and in still other cases about 70 wt %.
- The ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein may also be used in one or more layers of a multilayer film; non-limiting examples of multilayer films include three, five, seven, nine, eleven or more layers. The thickness of a specific layer (containing one or more ethylene interpolymer product(s)) within the multilayer film may be about 5%, in other cases about 15% and in still other cases about 30% of the total multilayer film thickness. In other embodiments, the thickness of a specific layer (containing one or more ethylene interpolymer product(s)) within the multilayer film may be about 95%, in other cases about 80% and in still other cases about 65% of the total multilayer film thickness. Each individual layer of a multilayer film may contain more than one ethylene interpolymer product and/or additional thermoplastics.
- Additional embodiments include laminations and coatings, wherein mono or multilayer films containing the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products are extrusion laminated or adhesively laminated or extrusion coated. In extrusion lamination or adhesive lamination, two or more substrates are bonded together with a thermoplastic or an adhesive, respectively. In extrusion coating, a thermoplastic is applied to the surface of a substrate. These processes are well known to those of ordinary experience in the art.
- The ethylene interpolymer products disclosed herein can be used in a wide range of manufactured articles comprising one or more films (monolayer or multilayer). Non-limiting examples of such manufactured articles include: food packaging films (fresh and frozen foods, liquids and granular foods), stand-up pouches, retortable packaging and bag-in-box packaging; barrier films (oxygen, moisture, aroma, oil, etc.) and modified atmosphere packaging; light and heavy duty shrink films and wraps, collation shrink film, pallet shrink film, shrink bags, shrink bundling and shrink shrouds; light and heavy duty stretch films, hand stretch wrap, machine stretch wrap and stretch hood films; high clarity films; heavy-duty sacks; household wrap, overwrap films and sandwich bags; industrial and institutional films, trash bags, can liners, magazine overwrap, newspaper bags, mail bags, sacks and envelopes, bubble wrap, carpet film, furniture bags, garment bags, coin bags, auto panel films; medical applications such as gowns, draping and surgical garb; construction films and sheeting, asphalt films, insulation bags, masking film, landscaping film and bags; geomembrane liners for municipal waste disposal and mining applications; batch inclusion bags; agricultural films, mulch film and green house films; in-store packaging, self-service bags, boutique bags, grocery bags, carry-out sacks and t-shirt bags; oriented films, machine direction and biaxially oriented films and functional film layers in oriented polypropylene (OPP) films, e.g., sealant and/or toughness layers. Additional manufactured articles comprising one or more films containing at least one ethylene interpolymer product include laminates and/or multilayer films; sealants and tie layers in multilayer films and composites; laminations with paper; aluminum foil laminates or laminates containing vacuum deposited aluminum; polyamide laminates; polyester laminates; extrusion coated laminates, and; hot-melt adhesive formulations. The manufactured articles summarized in this paragraph contain at least one film (monolayer or multilayer) comprising at least one embodiment of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products.
- The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have performance attributes that are advantageous in many flexible applications. The performance attribute(s) required depends on how the film will be used, i.e., the specific film application the film is employed in. The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a desirable balance of properties. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g. tensile and/or flex modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., impact and puncture); higher heat deflection temperatures; higher Vicat softening point; improved color (WI and YI); higher melt strength, and; improved heat sealing properties (e.g., heat sealing and hot tack). The recited performance attributes, in the previous sentence, are not to be construed as limiting. Further, the polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e., a several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) in a multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
- The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products may be converted into a wide variety of rigid manufactured articles, non-limiting examples include: deli containers, margarine tubs, drink cups and produce trays, bottle cap liners and bottle caps (for carbonated or non-carbonated fluids), closures (including closures with living hinge functionality), household and industrial containers, cups, bottles, pails, crates, tanks, drums, bumpers, lids, industrial bulk containers, industrial vessels, material handling containers, toys, bins, playground equipment, recreational equipment, boats, marine equipment, safety equipment (helmets), wire and cable applications such as power cables, communication cables and conduits, flexible tubing and hoses, pipe applications including both pressure pipe and non-pressure pipe markets (e.g., natural gas distribution, water mains, interior plumbing, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, corrugated pipes and conduit), foamed articles manufactured from foamed sheet or bun foam, military packaging (equipment and ready meals), personal care packaging, diapers and sanitary products, cosmetic/pharmaceutical/medical packaging, truck bed liners, pallets and automotive dunnage.
- The rigid manufactured articles summarized above contain one or more of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products or a blend of at least one ethylene interpolymer product with at least one other thermoplastic. Further, the rigid manufactured articles summarized above may be multilayer, comprising at least one layer comprising one or more ethylene interpolymer product or a blend of at least one ethylene interpolymer product with at least one other thermoplastic. Such rigid manufactured articles may be fabricated using the following non-limiting processes: injection molding, compression molding, blow molding, rotomolding, profile extrusion, pipe extrusion, sheet thermoforming and foaming processes employing chemical or physical blowing agents.
- The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have performance attributes that are advantageous in many rigid applications. The specific performance attribute required depends on how the article will be used, i.e., the specific application. The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products have a desirable balance of properties. Elaborating, relative to competitive polyethylenes of similar density and melt index, the disclosed ethylene interpolymers have one or more of: higher stiffness (e.g., flexural modulus); higher toughness properties (e.g., ESCR, PENT, IZOD impact, arm impact, Dynatup impact or Charpy impact resistance); higher melt strength, higher heat deflection temperature; higher Vicat softening temperatures, improved color (WI and YI), and; faster crystallization rates. The recited performance attributes, in the previous sentence, are not to be construed as limiting. Further, the polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into rigid manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e., several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
- The disclosed ethylene interpolymer products used to manufacture articles described above may optionally include, depending on its intended use, additives and adjuvants. Non-limiting examples of additives and adjuvants include, anti-blocking agents, antioxidants, heat stabilizers, slip agents, processing aids, anti-static additives, colorants, dyes, filler materials, light stabilizers, heat stabilizers, light absorbers, lubricants, pigments, plasticizers, nucleating agents and combinations thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable primary antioxidants include Irganox 1010 [CAS Reg. No. 6683-19-8] and Irganox 1076 [CAS Reg. No. 2082-79-3]; both available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A. Non-limiting examples of suitable secondary antioxidants include Irgafos 168 [CAS Reg. No. 31570-04-4], available from BASF Corporation, Florham Park, N.J., U.S.A.; Weston 705 [CAS Reg. No. 939402-02-5], available from Addivant, Danbury Conn., U.S.A. and; Doverphos Igp-11 [CAS Reg. No. 1227937-46-3] available form Dover Chemical Corporation, Dover Ohio, U.S.A.
- Prior to testing, each specimen was conditioned for at least 24 hours at 23±2C and 50±10% relative humidity and subsequent testing was conducted at 23±2° C. and 50±10% relative humidity. Herein, the term “ASTM conditions” refers to a laboratory that is maintained at 23±2C and 50±10% relative humidity; and specimens to be tested were conditioned for at least 24 hours in this laboratory prior to testing. ASTM refers to the American Society for Testing and Materials.
- Ethylene interpolymer product densities were determined using ASTM D792-13 (Nov. 1, 2013).
- Ethylene interpolymer product melt index was determined using ASTM D1238 (Aug. 1, 2013). Melt indexes, I2, I6, I10 and I21 were measured at 190° C., using weights of 2.16 kg, 6.48 kg, 10 kg and a 21.6 kg respectively. Melt index is commonly report with units of g/10 minute or dg/minute; these units are equivalent and the latter was used in this disclosure. Herein, the term “stress exponent” or its acronym “S.Ex.”, is defined by the following relationship:
-
S.Ex.=log(I6/I2)/log(6480/2160) - wherein I6 and I2 are the melt flow rates measured at 190° C. using 6.48 kg and 2.16 kg loads, respectively. In this disclosure, melt index was expressed using the units of g/10 minute or g/10 min or dg/minute or dg/min; these units are equivalent.
- Ethylene interpolymer product molecular weights, Mn, Mw and Mz, as well the as the polydispersity (Mw/Mn), were determined using ASTM D6474-12 (Dec. 15, 2012). This method illuminates the molecular weight distributions of ethylene interpolymer products by high temperature gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The method uses commercially available polystyrene standards to calibrate the GPC.
- The quantity of unsaturated groups, i.e. double bonds, in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined according to ASTM D3124-98 (vinylidene unsaturation, published March 2011) and ASTM D6248-98 (vinyl and trans unsaturation, published July 2012). An ethylene interpolymer sample was: a) first subjected to a carbon disulfide extraction to remove additives that may interfere with the analysis; b) the sample (pellet, film or granular form) was pressed into a plaque of uniform thickness (0.5 mm), and; c) the plaque was analyzed by FTIR.
- The quantity of comonomer in an ethylene interpolymer product was determined by FTIR (Fourier Transform Infrared spectroscopy) according to ASTM D6645-01 (published January 2010).
- The “Composition Distribution Branching Index” or “CDBI” of the disclosed Examples and Comparative Examples were determined using a crystal-TREF unit commercially available form Polymer ChAR (Valencia, Spain). The acronym “TREF” refers to Temperature Rising Elution Fractionation. A sample of ethylene interpolymer product (80 to 100 mg) was placed in the reactor of the Polymer ChAR crystal-TREF unit, the reactor was filled with 35 ml of 1,2,4-trichlorobenzene (TCB), heated to 150° C. and held at this temperature for 2 hours to dissolve the sample. An aliquot of the TCB solution (1.5 mL) was then loaded into the Polymer ChAR TREF column filled with stainless steel beads and the column was equilibrated for 45 minutes at 110° C. The ethylene interpolymer product was then crystallized from the TCB solution, in the TREF column, by slowly cooling the column from 110° C. to 30° C. using a cooling rate of 0.09° C. per minute. The TREF column was then equilibrated at 30° C. for 30 minutes. The crystallized ethylene interpolymer product was then eluted from the TREF column by passing pure TCB solvent through the column at a flow rate of 0.75 mL/minute as the temperature of the column was slowly increased from 30° C. to 120° C. using a heating rate of 0.25° C. per minute. Using Polymer ChAR software a TREF distribution curve was generated as the ethylene interpolymer product was eluted from the TREF column, i.e., a TREF distribution curve is a plot of the quantity (or intensity) of ethylene interpolymer eluting from the column as a function of TREF elution temperature. A CDBI50 was calculated from the TREF distribution curve for each ethylene interpolymer product analyzed. The “CDBI50” is defined as the percent of ethylene interpolymer whose composition is within 50% of the median comonomer composition (25% on each side of the median comonomer composition); it is calculated from the TREF composition distribution curve and the normalized cumulative integral of the TREF composition distribution curve. Those skilled in the art will understand that a calibration curve is required to convert a TREF elution temperature to comonomer content, i.e. the amount of comonomer in the ethylene interpolymer fraction that elutes at a specific temperature. The generation of such calibration curves are described in the prior art, e.g., Wild, et al., J. Polym. Sci., Part B, Polym. Phys., Vol. 20 (3), pages 441-455: hereby fully incorporated by reference.
- Neutron Activation Analysis, hereafter NAA, was used to determine catalyst residues in ethylene interpolymers and was performed as follows. A radiation vial (composed of ultrapure polyethylene, 7 mL internal volume) was filled with an ethylene interpolymer product sample and the sample weight was recorded. Using a pneumatic transfer system the sample was placed inside a SLOWPOKE™ nuclear reactor (Atomic Energy of Canada Limited, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada) and irradiated for 30 to 600 seconds for short half-life elements (e.g., Ti, V, Al, Mg, and Cl) or 3 to 5 hours for long half-life elements (e.g., Zr, Hf, Cr, Fe and Ni). The average thermal neutron flux within the reactor was 5×1011/cm2/s. After irradiation, samples were withdrawn from the reactor and aged, allowing the radioactivity to decay; short half-life elements were aged for 300 seconds or long half-life elements were aged for several days. After aging, the gamma-ray spectrum of the sample was recorded using a germanium semiconductor gamma-ray detector (Ortec model GEM55185, Advanced Measurement Technology Inc., Oak Ridge, Tenn., USA) and a multichannel analyzer (Ortec model DSPEC Pro). The amount of each element in the sample was calculated from the gamma-ray spectrum and recorded in parts per million relative to the total weight of the ethylene interpolymer sample. The N.A.A. system was calibrated with Specpure standards (1000 ppm solutions of the desired element (greater than 99% pure)). One mL of solutions (elements of interest) were pipetted onto a 15 mm×800 mm rectangular paper filter and air dried. The filter paper was then placed in a 1.4 mL polyethylene irradiation vial and analyzed by the N.A.A. system. Standards are used to determine the sensitivity of the N.A.A. procedure (in counts/μg).
- A series of small amplitude frequency sweep tests were run on each sample using an Anton Paar MCR501 Rotational Rheometer equipped with the “TruGap™ Parallel Plate measuring system”. A gap of 1.5 mm and a strain amplitude of 10% were used throughout the tests. The frequency sweeps were from 0.05 to 100 rad/s at the intervals of seven points per decade. The test temperatures were 170°, 190°, 210° and 230° C. Master curves at 190° C. were constructed for each sample using the Rheoplus/32 V3.40 software through the Standard TTS (time-temperature superposition) procedure, with both horizontal and vertical shift enabled.
- The Yd and Xd data generated are summarized in Table 4. The flow properties of the ethylene interpolymer products, e.g., the melt strength and melt flow ratio (MFR) are well characterized by the Dilution Index (Yd) and the Dimensionless Modulus (Xd) as detailed below. In both cases, the flow property is a strong function of Yd and Xd in addition a dependence on the zero-shear viscosity. For example, the melt strength (hereafter MS) values of the disclosed Examples and the Comparative Examples were found to follow the same equation, confirming that the characteristic VGP point ((√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*, δc) and the derived regrouped coordinates (Xd, Yd) represent the structure well:
-
MS=a 00 +a 10 log η0 −a 20(90−δc)−a 30((√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*)−a 40(90−δc)((√{square root over (2)})Gc*/Gx*) - where
- a00=−33.33; a10=9.529; a20=0.03517; a30=0.894; a40=0.02969
- and r2=0.984 and the average relative standard deviation was 0.85%.
- Further, this relation can be expressed in terms of the Dilution Index (Yd) and the Dimensionless Modulus (Xd):
-
MS=a 0 +a 1 log η0 +a 2Yd +a 3Xd +a 4YdXd - where
- a0=33.34; a1=9.794; a2=0.02589; a3=0.1126; a4=0.03307 and
- r2=0.989 and the average relative standard deviation was 0.89%.
- The MFR of the disclosed Examples and the Comparative samples were found to follow a similar equation, further confirming that the dilution parameters Yd and Xd show that the flow properties of the disclosed Examples differ from the reference and Comparative Examples:
-
MFR=b 0 −b 1 log η0 −b 2Yd −b 3Xd - where
-
- b0=53.27; b1=6.107; b2=1.384; b3=20.34
- and
- r2=0.889 and the average relative standard deviation and 3.3%.
- Further, the polymerization process and catalyst formulations disclosed herein allow the production of ethylene interpolymer products that can be converted into flexible manufactured articles that have a unique balance of physical properties (i.e. several end-use properties can be balanced (as desired) through multidimensional optimization); relative to comparative polyethylenes of comparable density and melt index.
- The following examples are presented for the purpose of illustrating selected embodiments of this disclosure; it being understood, that the examples presented do not limit the claims presented.
- Examples of the disclosed ethylene interpolymer products were produced in a continuous solution polymerization pilot plant comprising reactors arranged in series configuration. Methylpentane was used as the process solvent (a commercial blend of methylpentane isomers). The volume of the first CSTR reactor (R1) was 3.2 gallons (12 L), the volume of the second CSTR reactor (R2) was 5.8 gallons (22 L) and the volume of the tubular reactor (R3) was 4.8 gallons (18 L). Examples of ethylene interpolymer products were produced using an R1 pressure from about 14 MPa to about 18 MPa; R2 was operated at a lower pressure to facilitate continuous flow from R1 to R2. R1 and R2 were operated in series mode, wherein the first exit stream from R1 flows directly into R2. Both CSTR's were agitated to give conditions in which the reactor contents were well mixed. The process was operated continuously by feeding fresh process solvent, ethylene, 1-octene and hydrogen to the reactors.
- The single site catalyst components used were: component (i), cyclopentadienyl tri(tertiary butyl)phosphinimine titanium dichloride, (Cp[(t-Bu)3PN]TiCl2), hereafter PIC-1; component (ii), methylaluminoxane (MAO-07); component (iii), trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate, and; component (iv), 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol. The single site catalyst component solvents used were methylpentane for components (ii) and (iv) and xylene for components (i) and (iii). The quantity of PIC-1 added to R1, “R1 (i) (ppm)” is shown in Table 1A; to be clear, in Example 6 in Table 1A, the solution in R1 contained 0.09 ppm of component (i), i.e., PIC-1. The mole ratios of the single site catalyst components employed to produce Example 6 were: R1 (ii)/(i) mole ratio=100, i.e., [(MAO-07)/(PIC-1)]; R1 (iv)/(ii) mole ratio=0, i.e., [(2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol)/(MAO-07)], and; R1 (iii)/(i) mole ratio=1.1, i.e., [(trityl tetrakis(pentafluoro-phenyl)borate)/(PIC-1)]. The single site catalyst formulation was injected into R1 using process solvent, the flow rate of this catalyst containing solvent was about 30 kg/hr.
- The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared from the following components: component (v), butyl ethyl magnesium; component (vi), tertiary butyl chloride; component (vii), titanium tetrachloride; component (viii), diethyl aluminum ethoxide, and; component (ix), triethyl aluminum. Methylpentane was used as the catalyst component solvent. The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was prepared using the following steps. In step one, a solution of triethylaluminum and dibutylmagnesium ((triethylaluminum)/(dibutylmagnesium) molar ratio of 20) was combined with a solution of tertiary butyl chloride and allowed to react for about 30 seconds (HUT-1); in step two, a solution of titanium tetrachloride was added to the mixture formed in step one and allowed to react for about 14 seconds (HUT-2), and; in step three, the mixture formed in step two was allowed to reactor for an additional 3 seconds (HUT-3) prior to injection into R2. The in-line Ziegler-Natta procatalyst formulation was injected into R2 using process solvent, the flow rate of the catalyst containing solvent was about 49 kg/hr. The in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was formed in R2 by injecting a solution of diethyl aluminum ethoxide into R2. The quantity of titanium tetrachloride “R2 (vii) (ppm)” added to reactor 2 (R2) is shown in Table 1A; to be clear in Example 6 the solution in R2 contained 3.2 ppm of TiCl4. The mole ratios of the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst components are also shown in Table 1A, specifically: R2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio, i.e., [(tertiary butyl chloride)/(butyl ethyl magnesium)]; R2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio, i.e., [(diethyl aluminum ethoxide)/(titanium tetrachloride)], and; R2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio, i.e., [(triethyl aluminum)/(titanium tetrachloride)]. To be clear, in Example 6, the following mole ratios were used to synthesize the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst: R2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio=1.98; R2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio=1.35, and; R2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio=0.35. Referring to
FIG. 1 , in all of the Examples disclosed, 100% of the diethyl aluminum ethoxide instream 10 d, component (viii), was added toreactor 12 a viastream 10 h. - In Comparative Example 3, a single site catalyst formulation was employed in both
reactor 1 andreactor 2. Relative to Comparative Example 6, the maximum ethylene interpolymer product production rates (kg/h) of Examples 6 and 7, in which a single-site catalyst formulation was used in R1 and an in-line Ziegler Natta catalyst formulation was used in R2, were 19% higher (on average). For example, in Example 6 (single-site catalyst formulation in R1+in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst in R2) the ethylene interpolymer product was produced at a production rate of 85.2 kg/h; in contrast, in Comparative Example 3 (single-site catalyst formulation in both R1 and R2) the maximum production rate of the comparative ethylene interpolymer product was 75.6 kg/h. - Average residence time of the solvent in a reactor is primarily influenced by the amount of solvent flowing through each reactor and the total amount of solvent flowing through the solution process, the following are representative or typical values for the examples shown in Tables 1A-1C: average reactor residence times were: about 61 seconds in R1, about 73 seconds in R2 and about 50 seconds in R3 (the volume of R3 was about 4.8 gallons (18 L)).
- Polymerization in the continuous solution polymerization process was terminated by adding a catalyst deactivator to the third exit stream exiting the tubular reactor (R3). The catalyst deactivator used was octanoic acid (caprylic acid), commercially available from P&G Chemicals, Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A. The catalyst deactivator was added such that the moles of fatty acid added were 50% of the total molar amount of titanium and aluminum added to the polymerization process; to be clear, the moles of octanoic acid added=0.5×(moles titanium+moles aluminum); this mole ratio was consistently used in all examples.
- A two-stage devolitizing process was employed to recover the ethylene interpolymer product from the process solvent, i.e., two vapor/liquid separators were used and the second bottom stream (from the second V/L separator) was passed through a gear pump/pelletizer combination. DHT-4V (hydrotalcite), supplied by Kyowa Chemical Industry Co. LTD, Tokyo, Japan was used as a passivator, or acid scavenger, in the continuous solution process. A slurry of DHT-4V in process solvent was added prior to the first V/L separator. The molar amount of DHT-4V added was about 10-fold higher than the molar amount of chlorides added to the process; the chlorides added were titanium tetrachloride and tertiary butyl chloride.
- Prior to pelletization the ethylene interpolymer product was stabilized by adding about 500 ppm of Irganox 1076 (a primary antioxidant) and about 500 ppm of Irgafos 168 (a secondary antioxidant), based on weight of the ethylene interpolymer product. Antioxidants were dissolved in process solvent and added between the first and second V/L separators.
- Tables 1B and 1C disclose additional solution process parameters, e.g. ethylene and 1-octene splits between the reactors, reactor temperatures and ethylene conversions, etc. recorded during the production of Examples 6 and 7 and Comparative Example 3. In Tables 1A-1C the targeted ethylene interpolymer product was 0.6 melt index (I2) (ASTM D1239, 2.16 kg load, 190° C.) and 0.915 g/cm3 (ASTM D792). In Comparative Example 3, the single-site catalyst formulation was injected into both reactor R1 and R2 and ESR1 was 50%. In Example 7, the single site catalyst formulation was injected into R1, the in-line Ziegler-Natta catalyst formulation was injected into R2 and ESR1 was 47%.
- FTIR, N.A.A. and Dilution Index analysis was performed on Example 6 with the following results: 0.038 terminal vinyls/100 C; 5.2 ppm Ti; 4.69 Yd (Dilution Index), and; −0.08 Xd (Dimensionless Modulus). FTIR and N.A.A. was performed on Example 7 with the following results: 0.042 terminal vinyls/100 C, and; 7.7 ppm Ti (Example 7 was not submitted for Dilution Index testing).
-
TABLE 1A Continuous solution process catalyst parameters for: Examples 6 and 7 and Comparative Example 3, targeting ethylene interpolymer products at 0.60 melt index (I2 (dg/min)) and a density of 0.915 g/cm3. Com- Exam- Exam- parative Process Parameter ple 6 ple 7Example 3 R1 Catalyst PIC-1 PIC-1 PIC-1 R2 Catalyst ZN ZN PIC-1 R1 (i) (ppm) 0.09 0.1 0.07 R1 (ii)/(i) mole ratio 100 100 100 R1 (iv)/(ii) mole ratio 0 0 0.3 R1 (iii)/(i) mole ratio 1.1 1.1 1.2 R2 (i) (ppm) 0 0 0.14 R2 (ii)/(i) mole ratio 0 0 25 R2 (iv)/(ii) mole ratio 0 0 0.3 R2 (iii)/(i) mole ratio 0 0 1.27 R2 (vii) (ppm) 3.2 4.8 0 R2 (vi)/(v) mole ratio 1.98 1.98 0 R2 (viii)/(vii) mole ratio 1.35 1.35 0 R2 (ix)/(vii) mole ratio 0.35 0.35 0 Prod. Rate (kg/h) 85.2 94 75.6 Increase in Production Rate 12.7 24.3 (%) -
TABLE 1B Additional solution process parameters for Examples 6-8 and Comparative Examples 3 and 4. Exam- Exam- Comparative Process Parameter ple 6 ple 7Example 3 R3 volume (L) 18 18 2.2 ESR1 (%) 40 47 50 ESR2 (%) 60 53 50 ESR3 (%) 0 0 0 R1 ethylene concentration (wt %) 10.3 10.3 10.3 R2 ethylene concentration (wt %) 13.7 14.9 12.7 R3 ethylene concentration (wt %) 13.7 14.9 12.7 ((1-octene)/(ethylene))R1 (wt %) 0.63 0.66 0.81 OSR1 (%) 100 100 83.3 OSR2 (%) 0 0 16.7 OSR3 (%) 0 0 0 H2 R1 (ppm) 0.2 0.2 1.3 H2 R2 (ppm) 1 1 0.8 H2 R3 (ppm) 0 0 0 Prod. Rate (kg/h) 85.2 94 75.6 Increase in Production Rate (%) 12.7 24.3 -
TABLE 1C Additional solution process parameters for Examples 6-8 and Comparative Examples 3 and 4. Exam- Exam- Comparative Process Parameter ple 6 ple 7Example 3 R1 total solution rate (kg/h) 319.9 409.1 369.9 R2 total solution rate (kg/h) 280.1 190.9 230.1 R3 solution rate (kg/h) 0 0 0 Overall total solution rate (kg/h) 600 600 600 R1 inlet temp (° C.) 30 30 30 R2 inlet temp (° C.) 30 30 30 R3 inlet temp(° C.) 130 130 130 R1 Mean temp (° C.) 140.3 140.1 140.2 R2 Mean temp (° C.) 187.8 202.5 185.7 R3 exit temp (actual) (° C.) 198.4 212.1 186 R3 exit temp (calc) (° C.) 200.4 215.3 187.6 QR1 (%) 78.2 78.2 78.2 QR2 (%) 80 80 81 QR2+R3 (%) 92 92.5 83.7 QR3 (%) 60 62.4 14.1 QT (%) 94.5 95.2 90.1 Prod. Rate (kg/h) 85.2 94 75.6 Increase in Production Rate (%) 12.7 24.3 -
TABLE 2 Physical properties of Examples 6 and 7 and Comparative Example 3. Comparative Property Example 6 Example 7 Example 3 Density (g/cm3) 0.9152 0.9155 0.9150 Melt Index I2 (dg/min) 0.67 0.70 0.58 Stress Exponent 1.23 1.24 1.27 Mw 113893 114401 112210 Mw/Mn 2.87 3.88 2.79 CDBI50 69.0 65.7 74.0 -
TABLE 3 Computer generated Simulated Example 13: single-site catalyst formulation in R1 (PIC-1) and an in-line Ziegler- Natta catalyst formulation in R2 and R3. Reactor Reactor Reactor 1 (R1) 2 (R2) 3 (R3) Simulated First Second Third Simulated Physical Ethylene Ethylene Ethylene Example Property Interpolymer Interpolymer Interpolymer 13 Weight 36.2 56.3 7.5 100 Percent (%) Mn 63806 25653 20520 31963 Mw 129354 84516 67281 99434 Mz 195677 198218 162400 195074 Polydispersity 2.03 3.29 3.28 3.11 (Mw/Mn) Branch Frequency 12.6 11.4 15.6 12.1 (C6 Branches per 1000C) CDBI50 (%) 90 to 95 55 to 60 45 to 55 65 to 70 (range) Density (g/cm3) 0.9087 0.9206 0.9154 0.9169 Melt Index 0.31 1.92 4.7 1.0 (dg/min) -
TABLE 4 Dilution Index (Yd) and Dimensionless Modulus Data (Xd) for selected embodiments of ethylene interpolymers of this disclosure (Examples), relative to Comparative S, A, D and E. (MFR = melt flow rate (I21/I2); MS = melt strength) Sample Density MI MS η0 G0N G*c δc Code [g/cm3] [dg/min] MFR [cN] [kPa · s] [MPa] [kPa] [°] Xd Yd Comp. S 0.9176 0.86 29.2 6.46 11.5 1.50 9.43 74.0 0.00 0.02 Comp. A 0.9199 0.96 29.6 5.99 10.6 1.17 5.89 80.1 −0.20 3.66 Example 6 0.9152 0.67 23.7 7.05 12.9 1.57 7.89 79.6 −0.08 4.69 Example 0.9173 0.95 26.3 5.73 9.67 0.84 7.64 79.0 −0.09 3.93 101 Example 0.9176 0.97 22.6 5.65 9.38 1.46 7.46 79.5 −0.10 4.29 102 Example 0.9172 0.96 25.3 5.68 9.38 1.44 7.81 79.3 −0.08 4.29 103 Example 0.9252 0.98 23.9 5.57 9.41 1.64 8.90 78.1 −0.03 3.8 110 Example 0.9171 0.75 23.4 6.83 12.4 1.48 8.18 79.2 −0.06 4.44 115 Example 0.9250 1.04 24.2 5.33 8.81 0.97 8.97 78.9 −0.02 4.65 200 Example 0.9165 1.01 27.1 5.43 8.75 0.85 6.75 79.7 −0.15 3.91 201 Example 0.9204 1.00 24.0 5.99 10.2 1.45 13.5 73.6 0.16 1.82 120 Example 0.9232 0.94 22.1 6.21 10.4 0.97 11.6 75.7 0.09 3.02 130 Example 0.9242 0.95 22.1 6.24 10.7 1.02 11.6 75.3 0.09 2.59 131 Comp. D 0.9204 0.82 30.6 7.61 15.4 1.58 10.8 70.4 0.06 −2.77 Comp. E 0.9161 1.00 30.5 7.06 13.8 1.42 10.4 70.5 0.04 −2.91 -
TABLE 5A Unsaturation data of several embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers, as well as Comparative B, C, E, E2, G, H, H2, I and J; as determined by ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98. Melt Density Index I2 Melt Flow Stress Unsaturations per 100 C. Sample Code (g/cm3) (dg/min) Ratio (I21/I2) Exponent Internal Side Chain Terminal Example 11 0.9113 0.91 24.8 1.24 0.009 0.004 0.037 Example 6 0.9152 0.67 23.7 1.23 0.008 0.004 0.038 Example 4 0.9154 0.97 37.1 1.33 0.009 0.004 0.047 Example 7 0.9155 0.70 25.7 1.24 0.008 0.005 0.042 Example 2 0.9160 1.04 27.0 1.26 0.009 0.005 0.048 Example 5 0.9163 1.04 25.9 1.23 0.008 0.005 0.042 Example 3 0.9164 0.9 29.2 1.27 0.009 0.004 0.049 Example 53 0.9164 0.9 29.2 1.27 0.009 0.004 0.049 Example 51 0.9165 1.01 28.0 1.26 0.009 0.003 0.049 Example 201 0.9165 1.01 27.1 1.22 0.008 0.007 0.048 Example 1 0.9169 0.88 23.4 1.23 0.008 0.005 0.044 Example 52 0.9169 0.85 29.4 1.28 0.008 0.002 0.049 Example 55 0.9170 0.91 29.8 1.29 0.009 0.004 0.050 Example 115 0.9171 0.75 23.4 1.22 0.007 0.003 0.041 Example 43 0.9174 1.08 24.2 1.23 0.007 0.007 0.046 Comparative E2 0.9138 1.56 24.1 1.26 0.006 0.007 0.019 Comparative E 0.9144 1.49 25.6 1.29 0.004 0.005 0.024 Comparative J 0.9151 4.2 21.8 1.2 0.006 0.002 0.024 Comparative C 0.9161 1 30.5 1.35 0.004 0.004 0.030 Comparative B 0.9179 1.01 30.2 1.33 0.004 0.002 0.025 Comparative H2 0.9189 0.89 30.6 1.36 0.004 0.002 0.021 Comparative H 0.9191 0.9 29.6 1.34 0.004 0.003 0.020 Comparative I 0.9415 0.87 62 1.61 0.002 0.000 0.025 Comparative G 0.9612 0.89 49 1.58 0.000 0.000 0.023 -
TABLE 5B Additional unsaturation data of several embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers; as determined by ASTM D3124-98 and ASTM D6248-98. Density Melt Index Melt Flow Unsaturations per 100 C. Sample Code (g/cm3) I2 (dg/min) Ratio (I21/I2) S. Ex. Internal Side Chain Terminal Example 8 0.9176 4.64 27.2 1.25 0.009 0.001 0.048 Example 42 0.9176 0.99 23.9 1.23 0.007 0.006 0.046 Example 102 0.9176 0.97 22.6 1.24 0.007 0.005 0.044 Example 54 0.9176 0.94 29.9 1.29 0.009 0.002 0.049 Example 41 0.9178 0.93 23.8 1.23 0.007 0.006 0.046 Example 44 0.9179 0.93 23.4 1.23 0.007 0.007 0.045 Example 9 0.9190 0.91 40.3 1.38 0.008 0.003 0.052 Example 200 0.9250 1.04 24.2 1.24 0.006 0.005 0.050 Example 60 0.9381 4.57 22.2 1.23 0.005 0.002 0.053 Example 61 0.9396 4.82 20.2 1.23 0.002 0.002 0.053 Example 62 0.9426 3.5 25.4 1.26 0.002 0.002 0.052 Example 70 0.9468 1.9 32.3 1.34 0.001 0.002 0.042 Example 71 0.9470 1.61 34.8 1.35 0.001 0.001 0.048 Example 72 0.9471 1.51 31.4 1.34 0.001 0.002 0.043 Example 73 0.9472 1.51 31.6 1.35 0.001 0.002 0.047 Example 80 0.9528 1.53 41.1 1.38 0.002 0.000 0.035 Example 81 0.9533 1.61 50 1.43 0.002 0.000 0.044 Example 82 0.9546 1.6 59.6 1.5 0.001 0.000 0.045 Example 90 0.9588 7.51 29 1.28 0.001 0.000 0.042 Example 91 0.9589 6.72 30.4 1.29 0.002 0.000 0.041 Example 20 0.9596 1.21 31.3 1.35 0.002 0.001 0.036 Example 21 0.9618 1.31 38.3 1.39 0.002 0.001 0.037 Example 22 0.9620 1.3 51 1.49 0.002 0.001 0.041 Example 23 0.9621 0.63 78.9 1.68 0.002 0.001 0.042 Example 24 0.9646 1.98 83 1.79 0.001 0.001 0.052 -
TABLE 6A Neutron Activation Analysis (NAA) catalyst residues in several embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers, as well as Comparatives G, I, J, B, C, E, E2, H and H2. N.A.A. Elemental Density Melt Index I2 Analysis (ppm) Sample Code (g/cm3) (dg/min) Ti Mg Cl Al Example 60 0.9381 4.57 9.0 140 284 127 Example 62 0.9426 3.50 9.2 179 358 94 Example 70 0.9468 1.90 6.2 148 299 99 Example 71 0.9470 1.61 6.8 168 348 87 Example 72 0.9471 1.51 5.8 178 365 88 Example 73 0.9472 1.51 7.2 142 281 66 Example 80 0.9528 1.53 4.3 141 288 82 Example 81 0.9533 1.61 6.4 163 332 82 Example 82 0.9546 1.60 5.8 132 250 95 Example 90 0.9588 7.51 6.7 143 286 94 Example 91 0.9589 6.72 6.7 231 85 112 Example 1 0.9169 0.88 6.1 199 99 97 Example 2 0.9160 1.04 7.4 229 104 112 Example 3 0.9164 0.90 7.3 268 137 129 Comparative G 0.9612 0.89 1.6 17.2 53 11 Comparative I 0.9415 0.87 2.3 102 24 53 Comparative J 0.9151 4.20 1.4 <2 0.6 7.9 Comparative B 0.9179 1.01 0.3 13.7 47 9.3 Comparative C 0.9161 1.00 2.0 9.0 25 5.4 Comparative E2 0.9138 1.56 1.2 9.8 32.2 6.8 Comparative E 0.9144 1.49 1.3 14.6 48.8 11.3 Comparative H 0.9191 0.90 2.2 14.6 48.8 11.3 Comparative H2 0.9189 0.89 2.2 253 122 130 -
TABLE 6B Additional Neutron Activation Analysis (NAA) catalyst residues in several embodiments of the disclosed ethylene interpolymers. N.A.A. Elemental Density Melt Index I2 Analysis (ppm) Sample Code (g/cm3) (dg/min) Ti Mg Cl Al Example 4 0.9154 0.97 9.6 287 45 140 Example 5 0.9163 1.04 6.7 261 70 131 Example 6 0.9152 0.67 5.2 245 48 119 Example 7 0.9155 0.70 7.7 365 102 177 Example 8 0.9176 4.64 7.6 234 86 117 Example 9 0.9190 0.91 6.4 199 78 99 Example 51 0.9165 1.01 5.9 207 73 106 Example 52 0.9169 0.85 5.2 229 104 112 Example 53 0.9164 0.90 7.3 347 101 167 Example 54 0.9176 0.94 7.5 295 100 146 Example 55 0.9170 0.91 7.1 189 101 90 Example 41 0.9178 0.93 7.2 199 103 92 Example 42 0.9176 0.99 7.5 188 104 86 Example 43 0.9174 1.08 7.4 192 101 91 Example 44 0.9179 0.93 7.2 230 121 110 Example 102 0.9176 0.97 9.5 239 60 117 Example 115 0.9171 0.75 5.1 258 115 130 Example 61 0.9396 4.82 8.3 352 96 179 Example 10 0.9168 0.94 7.8 333 91 170 Example 120 0.9204 1.00 7.3 284 75 149 Example 130 0.9232 0.94 5.8 292 114 147 Example 131 0.9242 0.95 8.6 81.4 173 94 Example 200 0.9250 1.04 6.3 90.1 190 104
Claims (21)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US16/385,211 US10954365B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2019-04-16 | Dilution index |
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CACA2868640 | 2014-10-21 | ||
CA2868640 | 2014-10-21 | ||
CA2868640A CA2868640C (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2014-10-21 | Solution polymerization process |
US14/918,890 US9512282B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Dilution index |
US15/332,202 US10035906B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-24 | Dilution index |
US16/010,542 US10577491B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2018-06-18 | Dilution index |
US16/385,211 US10954365B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2019-04-16 | Dilution index |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/010,542 Continuation US10577491B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2018-06-18 | Dilution index |
Publications (3)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20190241724A1 US20190241724A1 (en) | 2019-08-08 |
US20200283605A9 true US20200283605A9 (en) | 2020-09-10 |
US10954365B2 US10954365B2 (en) | 2021-03-23 |
Family
ID=54345556
Family Applications (16)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/919,119 Active US9505893B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Caps and closures |
US14/918,890 Active US9512282B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Dilution index |
US14/919,051 Active US9518159B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Ethylene interpolymer films |
US14/918,719 Active 2036-09-23 US10000630B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Ethylene interpolymers having improved color |
US14/918,686 Active 2037-09-29 US10626256B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Solution polymerization process |
US14/918,758 Active US9505892B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | HDPE articles |
US15/091,810 Active US9695309B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-06 | Rotomolded articles |
US15/134,654 Active 2036-03-31 US10023729B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-21 | Films produced from ethylene interpolymer products |
US15/297,370 Active US10023730B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-19 | HDPE articles |
US15/298,621 Active US10053564B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-20 | Caps and closures |
US15/332,202 Active US10035906B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-24 | Dilution index |
US15/335,485 Active US10040928B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-27 | Rotomolded articles |
US15/341,386 Active 2035-10-28 US10053565B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-11-02 | Ethylene interpolymer films |
US15/911,259 Active 2037-02-10 US11078351B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2018-03-05 | Ethylene interpolymers having improved color |
US16/385,211 Active 2035-11-26 US10954365B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2019-04-16 | Dilution index |
US16/751,328 Active 2035-10-28 US11142634B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2020-01-24 | Solution polymerization process |
Family Applications Before (14)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/919,119 Active US9505893B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Caps and closures |
US14/918,890 Active US9512282B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Dilution index |
US14/919,051 Active US9518159B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Ethylene interpolymer films |
US14/918,719 Active 2036-09-23 US10000630B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Ethylene interpolymers having improved color |
US14/918,686 Active 2037-09-29 US10626256B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | Solution polymerization process |
US14/918,758 Active US9505892B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2015-10-21 | HDPE articles |
US15/091,810 Active US9695309B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-06 | Rotomolded articles |
US15/134,654 Active 2036-03-31 US10023729B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-21 | Films produced from ethylene interpolymer products |
US15/297,370 Active US10023730B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-19 | HDPE articles |
US15/298,621 Active US10053564B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-20 | Caps and closures |
US15/332,202 Active US10035906B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-24 | Dilution index |
US15/335,485 Active US10040928B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-10-27 | Rotomolded articles |
US15/341,386 Active 2035-10-28 US10053565B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2016-11-02 | Ethylene interpolymer films |
US15/911,259 Active 2037-02-10 US11078351B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2018-03-05 | Ethylene interpolymers having improved color |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/751,328 Active 2035-10-28 US11142634B2 (en) | 2014-10-21 | 2020-01-24 | Solution polymerization process |
Country Status (11)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (16) | US9505893B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3209720B1 (en) |
JP (4) | JP6571768B2 (en) |
KR (4) | KR102478107B1 (en) |
CN (3) | CN107075026B (en) |
BR (3) | BR112017008262B1 (en) |
CA (7) | CA2868640C (en) |
ES (2) | ES2954858T3 (en) |
MX (3) | MX2017004283A (en) |
TW (3) | TW201629104A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2016063164A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (77)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2016063205A2 (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-28 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Dilution index |
CA2868640C (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2021-10-26 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Solution polymerization process |
US9828495B2 (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2017-11-28 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Low haze polyethylene polymer compositions |
CA2897552C (en) | 2015-07-17 | 2022-08-16 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Shrink films |
CA2914315C (en) * | 2015-12-09 | 2023-04-25 | Nova Chemicals Corp. | Hot fill process with closures made from high density unimodal polyethylene |
CA2914353C (en) * | 2015-12-10 | 2023-01-24 | Nova Chemicals Corp. | Hot fill process with closures made from high density polyethylene compositions |
US11192969B2 (en) * | 2015-12-16 | 2021-12-07 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Method for isomer reduction during polymerization and system for accomplishing the same |
JP6914617B2 (en) * | 2016-05-11 | 2021-08-04 | Tdk株式会社 | Multilayer coil parts |
US20190224952A1 (en) | 2016-09-01 | 2019-07-25 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Recyclable package made from co-extruded film structure |
KR102461683B1 (en) * | 2016-09-16 | 2022-11-01 | 더블유.알. 그레이스 앤드 캄파니-콘. | Process for efficient purging of polymer particles |
WO2018094085A1 (en) | 2016-11-18 | 2018-05-24 | Equistar Chemicals, Lp | Polyolefin materials for rotational molding applications having improved impact properties and color stability |
CA2957706C (en) | 2017-02-13 | 2020-12-15 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Caps and closures |
US10329412B2 (en) * | 2017-02-16 | 2019-06-25 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Caps and closures |
US10442921B2 (en) * | 2017-04-19 | 2019-10-15 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Means for increasing the molecular weight and decreasing the density employing mixed homogeneous catalyst formulations |
US10442920B2 (en) * | 2017-04-19 | 2019-10-15 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Means for increasing the molecular weight and decreasing the density of ethylene interpolymers employing homogeneous and heterogeneous catalyst formulations |
US10538654B2 (en) | 2017-04-19 | 2020-01-21 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Multi reactor solution polymerization, polyethylene and polyethylene film |
US9963529B1 (en) | 2017-04-19 | 2018-05-08 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Multi reactor solution polymerization |
JP7046554B2 (en) * | 2017-10-11 | 2022-04-04 | 三井化学株式会社 | Method for Producing Catalyst for Olefin Polymerization and Ethylene Polymer |
US20190135960A1 (en) * | 2017-11-07 | 2019-05-09 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Process to manufacture ethylene interpolymer products |
US10683376B2 (en) * | 2017-11-07 | 2020-06-16 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Manufacturing ethylene interpolymer products at higher production rate |
US10995166B2 (en) * | 2017-11-07 | 2021-05-04 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Ethylene interpolymer products and films |
WO2019096745A1 (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2019-05-23 | Total Research & Technology Feluy | Polyethylene resin and caps or closures made therefrom |
CA3022700A1 (en) | 2017-11-27 | 2019-05-27 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Bottle closure assembly comprising a polyethylene composition having good dimensional stability |
CA3022996A1 (en) | 2017-12-04 | 2019-06-04 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Bottle closure assembly comprising a polyethylene composition |
CA3024024A1 (en) * | 2017-12-19 | 2019-06-19 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Bottle closure assembly comprising a high density polyethylene |
CA3023423A1 (en) * | 2017-12-19 | 2019-06-19 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Bottle closure assembly comprising a polyethylene homopolymer composition |
KR102656043B1 (en) * | 2017-12-26 | 2024-04-12 | 다우 글로벌 테크놀로지스 엘엘씨 | Compositions with multimodal ethylene-based polymers with improved toughness at low temperatures |
CN111479832B (en) * | 2017-12-26 | 2024-03-15 | 陶氏环球技术有限责任公司 | Dual reactor solution process for producing multimodal ethylene polymer |
KR102663559B1 (en) | 2017-12-26 | 2024-05-20 | 다우 글로벌 테크놀로지스 엘엘씨 | Multimodal ethylene-based polymer processing systems and methods |
EP3732216B1 (en) | 2017-12-26 | 2023-04-19 | Dow Global Technologies LLC | Process for the production of multimodal ethylene-based polymers |
EP3732213B1 (en) * | 2017-12-26 | 2022-01-12 | Dow Global Technologies LLC | Multimodal ethylene-based polymer compositions having improved toughness |
SG11202005779SA (en) * | 2017-12-26 | 2020-07-29 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Compositions comprising multimodal ethylene based polymers and low density polyethylene (ldpe) |
CN110109913B (en) * | 2018-01-15 | 2021-05-04 | 北京比特大陆科技有限公司 | Hardware implementation method and device of zerocase mining algorithm |
BR112020018241B1 (en) | 2018-03-08 | 2024-04-30 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | MULTIPLE LAYER FILMS |
JP2021104579A (en) * | 2018-04-06 | 2021-07-26 | 株式会社クラレ | Geomembrane, and landfill sheet and radon barrier film using the same |
KR102571139B1 (en) | 2018-06-08 | 2023-08-28 | 사빅 에스케이 넥슬렌 컴퍼니 피티이 엘티디 | Ethylene polymer mixture, process for producing the same, and a molded article using the same |
CA3009291A1 (en) | 2018-06-26 | 2019-12-26 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Multistage catalyst injection system for an olefin polymerization reactor |
CA3009299A1 (en) | 2018-06-26 | 2019-12-26 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Catalyst injection system for an olefin polymerization reactor |
US12103730B2 (en) * | 2018-06-29 | 2024-10-01 | Midland Compounding & Consulting, Inc. | Recyclable abrasion resistant dunnage tray |
CA3011030A1 (en) | 2018-07-11 | 2020-01-11 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Polyethylene composition and film having retained dart impact |
CA3011038A1 (en) | 2018-07-11 | 2020-01-11 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Polyethylene composition and film having a good permeability, stiffness and sealability |
CA3011050A1 (en) | 2018-07-11 | 2020-01-11 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Polyethylene composition and film having high stiffness, outstanding sealability and high permeability |
CA3011031A1 (en) | 2018-07-11 | 2020-01-11 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Polyethylene composition and film having outstanding properties |
CA3011041A1 (en) | 2018-07-11 | 2020-01-11 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Polyethylene composition and film |
CA3053597A1 (en) * | 2018-09-10 | 2020-03-10 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Recycable package with fitment |
CA3020771A1 (en) | 2018-10-16 | 2020-04-16 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Ethylene-cyclic mono olefin copolymerizations |
CA3026098A1 (en) | 2018-12-03 | 2020-06-03 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Narrow polyethylene homopolymer compositions having good barrier properties |
CA3026095A1 (en) * | 2018-12-03 | 2020-06-03 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Polyethylene homopolymer compositions having good barrier properties |
US20220024190A1 (en) | 2018-12-18 | 2022-01-27 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Multilayer films |
CN109651685B (en) * | 2018-12-24 | 2021-08-17 | 金旸(厦门)新材料科技有限公司 | Special fluorescent material for rotational molding and preparation method thereof |
CA3032082A1 (en) * | 2019-01-31 | 2020-07-31 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Polyethylene compositions and articles with good barrier properties |
CN113366038B (en) * | 2019-02-01 | 2024-01-12 | 博里利斯股份公司 | Bimodal terpolymers |
CA3128328A1 (en) | 2019-03-07 | 2020-09-10 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Devolatilization of plastomer pellets |
US20220118750A1 (en) * | 2019-03-26 | 2022-04-21 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Multilayer films, laminates, and articles comprising multilayer films |
EP3999581A1 (en) * | 2019-07-17 | 2022-05-25 | Borealis AG | Process for producing a polymer composition |
US11046843B2 (en) * | 2019-07-29 | 2021-06-29 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Ethylene copolymers and films with excellent sealing properties |
US11286379B2 (en) | 2019-10-08 | 2022-03-29 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Flexible rotationally molded article |
WO2021084416A1 (en) | 2019-11-01 | 2021-05-06 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Linear high-density polyethylene with high toughness and high escr |
MX2022008210A (en) * | 2020-01-17 | 2022-08-04 | Nova Chem Int Sa | Polyethylene copolymer compositions and articles with barrier properties. |
EP4121289A1 (en) | 2020-03-19 | 2023-01-25 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Multilayer film structure |
MX2022012176A (en) | 2020-04-20 | 2022-10-27 | Nova Chem Int Sa | Rotomolding compositions with low relative elasticity. |
WO2021229358A1 (en) | 2020-05-13 | 2021-11-18 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Ethylene interpolymer product and films thereof |
CN113845612B (en) * | 2020-06-28 | 2023-02-28 | 中国石油天然气股份有限公司 | Preparation method of main catalyst, catalyst and application thereof |
KR20230078995A (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2023-06-05 | 다우 글로벌 테크놀로지스 엘엘씨 | polyethylene composition |
CN116171301A (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2023-05-26 | 陶氏环球技术有限责任公司 | Polyethylene composition and film comprising the same |
US11560468B2 (en) | 2020-10-01 | 2023-01-24 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Thermoformable film |
US11643531B2 (en) * | 2020-10-01 | 2023-05-09 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Thermoformable film |
CA3199328A1 (en) | 2020-12-11 | 2022-06-16 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Low crystallinity ethylene-vinylcyclohexane copolymers |
US20230416429A1 (en) | 2020-12-11 | 2023-12-28 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | High crystallinity ethylene-vinylcyclohexane copolymers |
JP2024507555A (en) | 2021-02-24 | 2024-02-20 | ノバ ケミカルズ(インターナショナル)ソシエテ アノニム | Bimodal polyethylene composition |
BR112023018965A2 (en) | 2021-03-19 | 2023-10-17 | Nova Chem Int Sa | HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE COMPOSITION |
WO2023081577A1 (en) | 2021-11-02 | 2023-05-11 | Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. | Polyethylene compositions, articles thereof, and methods thereof |
WO2023119099A1 (en) | 2021-12-20 | 2023-06-29 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | DEVOLATILIZATION OF ETHYLENE/α-OLEFIN COPOLYMER PELLETS |
CA3240796A1 (en) | 2022-01-20 | 2023-07-27 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Method to improve the optical properties of ethylene copolymer compositions |
MX2024010013A (en) | 2022-03-22 | 2024-08-22 | Nova Chemicals Int S A | Organometallic complex, olefin polymerization catalyst system and polymerization process. |
CN114957530B (en) * | 2022-06-28 | 2023-09-29 | 杭州双安科技有限公司 | Solution polymerization method of ethylene and alpha-olefin |
WO2024147973A1 (en) * | 2023-01-03 | 2024-07-11 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Direct ethylene injection for dual reactor solution process |
Family Cites Families (141)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
FR2302305A1 (en) | 1975-02-28 | 1976-09-24 | Charbonnages Ste Chimique | PERFECTED PROCESS OF POLYMERIZATION AND COPOLYM |
JPS5357195A (en) * | 1976-11-05 | 1978-05-24 | Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd | Olefin polymerization catalyst |
JPS5783538A (en) | 1980-11-12 | 1982-05-25 | Kyowa Chem Ind Co Ltd | Polyolefin composition and agent thereof |
CA1177188A (en) * | 1980-12-11 | 1984-10-30 | Michael A. Corwin | Anti-gel compound for extrusion of ziegler-natta catalyzed olefin polymers |
US4349648A (en) * | 1981-07-31 | 1982-09-14 | Union Carbide Corporation | Catalyst composition for copolymerizing ethylene |
IT1169291B (en) * | 1981-12-24 | 1987-05-27 | Montedison Spa | CATALYST COMPONENTS FOR THE POLYMERIZATION OF ETHYLENE AND ITS MIXTURES WITH OLEFINS AND ITS CATALYSTS OBTAINED FROM THEM |
AU608787B2 (en) * | 1983-06-15 | 1991-04-18 | Exxon Research And Engineering Company | Narrow mwd alpha-olefin copolymers |
GB8610126D0 (en) | 1986-04-25 | 1986-05-29 | Du Pont Canada | Isopropanolamines |
US4731438A (en) | 1986-12-30 | 1988-03-15 | Union Carbide Corporation | Water treatment method for resin in a purge vessel |
US5027818A (en) | 1987-12-03 | 1991-07-02 | University Of Florida | Dosimetric technique for stereotactic radiosurgery same |
US5382630A (en) | 1988-09-30 | 1995-01-17 | Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. | Linear ethylene interpolymer blends of interpolymers having narrow molecular weight and composition distribution |
US5382631A (en) | 1988-09-30 | 1995-01-17 | Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. | Linear ethylene interpolymer blends of interpolymers having narrow molecular weight and composition distributions |
JPH04503963A (en) * | 1988-12-07 | 1992-07-16 | エクソン・ケミカル・パテンツ・インク | Functionalized α-olefin copolymers with narrow molecular weight distribution |
US6025448A (en) | 1989-08-31 | 2000-02-15 | The Dow Chemical Company | Gas phase polymerization of olefins |
JP2781245B2 (en) * | 1990-02-13 | 1998-07-30 | 三井化学株式会社 | Method for producing ethylene polymer composition |
TW206240B (en) | 1990-02-13 | 1993-05-21 | Mitsui Petroleum Chemicals Ind | |
US5519091A (en) | 1990-02-13 | 1996-05-21 | Mitsui Petrochemical Industries, Ltd. | Method for the preparation of ethylene polymer compositions |
JP2755800B2 (en) * | 1990-02-22 | 1998-05-25 | 滋 山本 | Polymer materials suitable for electrical insulation, etc. |
US5525695A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1996-06-11 | The Dow Chemical Company | Elastic linear interpolymers |
US6316549B1 (en) | 1991-10-15 | 2001-11-13 | The Dow Chemical Company | Ethylene polymer fiber made from ethylene polymer blends |
US5674342A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1997-10-07 | The Dow Chemical Company | High drawdown extrusion composition and process |
US5677383A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1997-10-14 | The Dow Chemical Company | Fabricated articles made from ethylene polymer blends |
US5278272A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1994-01-11 | The Dow Chemical Company | Elastic substantialy linear olefin polymers |
US5847053A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1998-12-08 | The Dow Chemical Company | Ethylene polymer film made from ethylene polymer blends |
US5783638A (en) | 1991-10-15 | 1998-07-21 | The Dow Chemical Company | Elastic substantially linear ethylene polymers |
US5206075A (en) | 1991-12-19 | 1993-04-27 | Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. | Sealable polyolefin films containing very low density ethylene copolymers |
JP3157163B2 (en) | 1991-12-30 | 2001-04-16 | ザ・ダウ・ケミカル・カンパニー | Polymerization of ethylene interpolymer |
US5530065A (en) | 1992-01-07 | 1996-06-25 | Exxon Chemical Patents Inc. | Heat sealable films and articles made therefrom |
TW279872B (en) * | 1992-05-29 | 1996-07-01 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | |
BE1006439A3 (en) | 1992-12-21 | 1994-08-30 | Solvay Societe Annonyme | Method for preparing a composition of polymers of ethylene, polymer composition and use of ethylene. |
US6448341B1 (en) | 1993-01-29 | 2002-09-10 | The Dow Chemical Company | Ethylene interpolymer blend compositions |
PT681592E (en) * | 1993-01-29 | 2001-01-31 | Dow Chemical Co | ETHYLENE INTERPOLIMERIZATIONS |
CZ283095A3 (en) * | 1993-04-28 | 1996-05-15 | Dow Chemical Co | Ethylene polymer compositions and articles produced from ethylene polymer mixtures |
EP0877051B1 (en) | 1993-05-13 | 2004-12-22 | ExxonMobil Chemical Patents Inc. | Ethylene copolymers having narrow composition distribution, their production and use |
US5408004A (en) | 1993-08-17 | 1995-04-18 | The Dow Chemical Company | Polyolefin blends and their solid state processing |
DE69412279T3 (en) * | 1993-11-12 | 2004-08-26 | Exxon Chemical Patents, Inc., Baytown | HOT SEALABLE FILMS AND ITEMS MADE THEREOF |
JP3470393B2 (en) * | 1994-06-20 | 2003-11-25 | 東ソー株式会社 | Method for producing ethylene / α-olefin copolymer |
JP3404431B2 (en) * | 1994-07-04 | 2003-05-06 | 富士機械製造株式会社 | Electronic component supply cartridge and electronic component supply / extraction device |
JP3082616B2 (en) * | 1994-07-08 | 2000-08-28 | ジェイエスアール株式会社 | Method for producing thermoplastic polymer |
US5773106A (en) | 1994-10-21 | 1998-06-30 | The Dow Chemical Company | Polyolefin compositions exhibiting heat resistivity, low hexane-extractives and controlled modulus |
US7153909B2 (en) | 1994-11-17 | 2006-12-26 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | High density ethylene homopolymers and blend compositions |
US5539337A (en) | 1994-12-30 | 1996-07-23 | Intel Corporation | Clock noise filter for integrated circuits |
DE19510310A1 (en) | 1995-03-22 | 1996-09-26 | Eberspaecher J | Transom-post connection, especially in glass facade construction |
US5869575A (en) | 1995-08-02 | 1999-02-09 | The Dow Chemical Company | Ethylene interpolymerizations |
US6723398B1 (en) | 1999-11-01 | 2004-04-20 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Polymer blend and fabricated article made from diverse ethylene interpolymers |
CA2188722A1 (en) | 1995-10-26 | 1997-04-27 | George Norris Foster | Process for preparing an in situ polyethylene blend |
JPH09309926A (en) | 1996-05-17 | 1997-12-02 | Dow Chem Co:The | Production of ethylene copolymer |
ATE218599T1 (en) | 1996-11-13 | 2002-06-15 | Dow Chemical Co | SHRINK FILM HAVING BALANCED PROPERTIES OR IMPROVED TOUGHNESS AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING SAME |
US6812289B2 (en) | 1996-12-12 | 2004-11-02 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Cast stretch film of interpolymer compositions |
WO1998026000A1 (en) * | 1996-12-12 | 1998-06-18 | The Dow Chemical Company | Interpolymer compositions and cast stretch film therefrom |
CA2201224C (en) * | 1997-03-27 | 2004-12-07 | Annette Lynn Burke | Dual shear mixing element |
GB9712663D0 (en) | 1997-06-16 | 1997-08-20 | Borealis As | Process |
US6416833B1 (en) | 1997-08-22 | 2002-07-09 | Dupont Canada Inc. | Interpolymer film pouch |
US6441116B1 (en) | 1997-09-03 | 2002-08-27 | Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. | Ethylenic copolymer, composition containing said copolymer, and ethylenic copolymer film |
HUP0004649A3 (en) | 1997-09-19 | 2001-07-30 | Dow Chemical Co | Narrow mwd, compositionally optimized ethylene interpolymer composition, process for making the same and article made therefrom |
EP0905153B1 (en) | 1997-09-27 | 2004-03-31 | ATOFINA Research | Production of polyethylene having a broad molecular weight distribution |
EP0905151A1 (en) | 1997-09-27 | 1999-03-31 | Fina Research S.A. | Production of polyethylene having a broad molecular weight distribution |
US6189730B1 (en) * | 1997-10-14 | 2001-02-20 | Mcclymonds Arnold J. | Wet towelette and dry towel dispenser apparatus |
WO1999033913A1 (en) | 1997-12-31 | 1999-07-08 | Shell Oil Company | Easy-open packaging |
CA2227674C (en) | 1998-01-21 | 2007-04-24 | Stephen John Brown | Catalyst deactivation |
ES2198098T3 (en) | 1998-03-09 | 2004-01-16 | Basell Poliolefine Italia S.P.A. | MULTIETAPE PROCEDURE FOR POLYMERIZATION OF OLEFINS. |
MXPA00008941A (en) | 1998-03-12 | 2002-06-04 | Bp Chem Int Ltd | Polymerisation catalysts. |
GB9806407D0 (en) | 1998-03-25 | 1998-05-20 | Bp Chem Int Ltd | Novel polymer compositions |
US7906451B2 (en) | 1998-03-30 | 2011-03-15 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Mixed polymerization catalyst component for polymerizing olefins |
DE19833858C2 (en) | 1998-07-28 | 2000-06-08 | Elenac Gmbh | Low-odor polyethylene blends |
CA2245375C (en) * | 1998-08-19 | 2006-08-15 | Nova Chemicals Ltd. | Dual reactor polyethylene process using a phosphinimine catalyst |
AU5806599A (en) | 1998-09-04 | 2000-03-27 | Dow Chemical Company, The | Long chain branched ethylene homopolymer made by a slurry process and blends thereof |
CA2247703C (en) | 1998-09-22 | 2007-04-17 | Nova Chemicals Ltd. | Dual reactor ethylene polymerization process |
EP0989140A1 (en) | 1998-09-25 | 2000-03-29 | Fina Research S.A. | Production of multimodal polyethylene |
EP0989141A1 (en) | 1998-09-25 | 2000-03-29 | Fina Research S.A. | Production of multimodal polyethelene |
KR100380000B1 (en) | 1998-10-23 | 2003-04-18 | 미쓰이 가가쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Ethylene copolymer and process for producing the same, resin composition containing the copolymer, and uses of these |
CA2256225A1 (en) * | 1998-12-16 | 2000-06-16 | Nova Chemicals Ltd. | Rotomolding resin |
EP1041113A1 (en) | 1999-03-30 | 2000-10-04 | Fina Research S.A. | Polyolefins and uses thereof |
US6127484A (en) * | 1999-04-29 | 2000-10-03 | Equistar Chemicals, Lp | Olefin polymerization process |
AU5215899A (en) | 1999-07-15 | 2001-02-05 | Dow Chemical Company, The | High density ethylene homopolymers and blend compositions |
TW495527B (en) | 1999-07-30 | 2002-07-21 | Sumitomo Chemical Co | Ethylene polymer and resin composition for producing cast film, and process for producing cast film |
US6218472B1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2001-04-17 | Fina Research, S.A. | Production of multimodal polyethylene |
ATE282645T1 (en) | 1999-09-29 | 2004-12-15 | Du Pont | PRODUCTION OF POLYETHYLENE |
US6388017B1 (en) | 2000-05-24 | 2002-05-14 | Phillips Petroleum Company | Process for producing a polymer composition |
US7125933B2 (en) | 2000-06-22 | 2006-10-24 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Very low density polyethylene blends |
US6403717B1 (en) | 2000-07-12 | 2002-06-11 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Ethylene inter-polymer blends |
DE60131019T2 (en) * | 2000-12-04 | 2008-07-17 | Univaton Technologies, LLC, Houston | Polymerization |
MY137183A (en) | 2001-03-16 | 2009-01-30 | Dow Global Technologies Inc | Method of making interpolymers and products made therefrom |
US6723677B1 (en) * | 2001-06-25 | 2004-04-20 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | High activity ziegler-natta catalyst for high molecular weight polyolefins |
ES2232767T3 (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2005-06-01 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | MULTIMODAL POLYETHYLENE MATERIAL. |
EP1304353A1 (en) | 2001-10-18 | 2003-04-23 | Atofina Research S.A. | Physical blends of polyethylenes |
JP2005511804A (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2005-04-28 | エクソンモービル・ケミカル・パテンツ・インク | Ethylene / α-olefin copolymers produced using non-single site catalyst / single site catalyst combinations and their production and use |
EP1319685A1 (en) | 2001-12-14 | 2003-06-18 | ATOFINA Research | Physical blends of polyethylenes |
US6649694B2 (en) * | 2001-12-21 | 2003-11-18 | Eastman Chemical Company | Process for producing ethylene-α-olefin interpolymer films |
US6730751B2 (en) | 2002-07-16 | 2004-05-04 | Fina Technology, Inc. | Polymerization of polyethylene having high molecular weight |
EP1546254B1 (en) | 2002-09-23 | 2007-11-21 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Polymer compositions for extrusion coating |
BR0314857A (en) | 2002-10-01 | 2005-08-02 | Exxonmobil Chemical Patentes I | Rotational Molding Polyethylene Compositions |
CA2411183C (en) * | 2002-11-05 | 2011-06-14 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Heterogeneous/homogeneous copolymer |
US6949612B2 (en) * | 2002-12-31 | 2005-09-27 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Processes for transitioning between metallocene and Ziegler-Natta polymerization catalysts |
ES2606780T3 (en) | 2003-06-10 | 2017-03-27 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Film layers produced from polymer blends of ethylene |
US6828395B1 (en) | 2003-10-15 | 2004-12-07 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Polymerization process and control of polymer composition properties |
US7671106B2 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2010-03-02 | Dow Global Technologies Inc. | Cap liners, closures and gaskets from multi-block polymers |
US7514504B2 (en) | 2004-04-01 | 2009-04-07 | Fina Technology, Inc. | Polyethylene blends with good contact transparency |
US6988022B2 (en) | 2004-04-13 | 2006-01-17 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Method for online estimation of reactor split for multimodal polyolefins |
US7230054B2 (en) | 2004-06-29 | 2007-06-12 | Equistar Chemicals, Lp | Polymer resins with improved environmental stress crack resistance |
US7193017B2 (en) | 2004-08-13 | 2007-03-20 | Univation Technologies, Llc | High strength biomodal polyethylene compositions |
US7432328B2 (en) | 2005-06-14 | 2008-10-07 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Enhanced ESCR bimodal HDPE for blow molding applications |
US7868092B2 (en) | 2005-06-14 | 2011-01-11 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Bimodal polyethylene compositions for blow molding applications |
GB0423555D0 (en) | 2004-10-22 | 2004-11-24 | Borealis Tech Oy | Process |
ES2276211T3 (en) | 2004-11-03 | 2007-06-16 | Borealis Technology Oy | COMPOSITION OF POLYMERS FOR INJECTION MOLDING. |
US7439306B2 (en) | 2004-11-23 | 2008-10-21 | Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. | Polyethylene blends with improved Vicat softening point |
US7858702B2 (en) | 2005-06-14 | 2010-12-28 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Enhanced ESCR bimodal HDPE for blow molding applications |
US20070010626A1 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2007-01-11 | Shankernarayanan Manivakkam J | Polyethylene compositions |
JP5055805B2 (en) | 2005-09-30 | 2012-10-24 | 住友化学株式会社 | Ethylene-α-olefin copolymer, resin composition and film |
WO2007045415A1 (en) | 2005-10-21 | 2007-04-26 | Borealis Technology Oy | Composition |
WO2007060115A1 (en) | 2005-11-28 | 2007-05-31 | Basell Polyolefine Gmbh | Polyethylene composition suitable for the preparation of films and process for preparing the same |
WO2007113213A1 (en) * | 2006-03-30 | 2007-10-11 | Total Petrochemicals Research Feluy | Slurry polymerisation process of ethylene in the presence of low amount of scavenger. |
WO2008077530A2 (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2008-07-03 | Basell Polyolefine Gmbh | Multimodal polyethylene composition, mixed catalyst and process for preparing the composition |
EP1961777A1 (en) | 2007-02-26 | 2008-08-27 | Borealis Technology Oy | Polyolefin homo- or copolymer with decreased shrinkage sensivity and improved crystallization behavior |
JP2009001780A (en) | 2007-05-18 | 2009-01-08 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Ethylene polymer composition and film |
US8475898B2 (en) | 2007-08-29 | 2013-07-02 | Equistar Chemicals, Lp | Polyolefin resin blends for crack-resistant pipe |
KR101141494B1 (en) | 2007-09-05 | 2012-05-03 | 에스케이이노베이션 주식회사 | Ethylene copolymer having multiple pitch in molecular weight distribution and the method of preparing the same |
EP2042292B1 (en) | 2007-09-28 | 2011-01-05 | Borealis Technology Oy | Composition |
GB0802550D0 (en) | 2008-02-12 | 2008-03-19 | Ineos Mfg Belguim Nv | Polymers and articles thereof |
US8410217B2 (en) | 2008-12-15 | 2013-04-02 | Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. | Thermoplastic polyolefin blends |
US8101685B2 (en) | 2008-12-15 | 2012-01-24 | Exxonmobil Chemical Patents Inc. | Thermoplastic elastomer polyolefin in-reactor blends and molded articles therefrom |
BRPI0904979A2 (en) * | 2009-12-04 | 2011-07-19 | Braskem Sa | process for producing olefins, olefins, polyolefins, and use of polyolefins |
CN102770463B (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2014-07-02 | 道达尔石油化学产品研究弗吕公司 | Method for replacing incompatible ethylene polymerization catalysts |
US8609791B2 (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2013-12-17 | Total Research & Technology Feluy | Method for replacing compatible ethylene polymerization catalysts |
WO2011092266A1 (en) | 2010-01-29 | 2011-08-04 | Borealis Ag | Improving homogeneity in polyethylene blends |
WO2011129956A1 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2011-10-20 | Univation Technologies, Llc | Polymer blends and films made therefrom |
WO2012004422A1 (en) | 2010-07-06 | 2012-01-12 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Ethylene polymer blends and oriented articles with improved shrink resistance |
CA2724943A1 (en) * | 2010-12-10 | 2012-06-10 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Catalyst activation in a dual reactor process |
EP2675844B1 (en) | 2011-02-15 | 2017-10-11 | ExxonMobil Chemical Patents Inc. | Thermoplastic polyolefin blends |
WO2012119956A1 (en) | 2011-03-04 | 2012-09-13 | Total Research & Technology Feluy | Method of preparing pelleted polyethylene products |
PL2681273T3 (en) | 2011-03-04 | 2018-01-31 | Total Res & Technology Feluy | Process for preparing polyethylene blend comprising metallocene produced resins and ziegler-natta produced resins |
WO2012134700A2 (en) * | 2011-03-28 | 2012-10-04 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Process to produce enhanced melt strength ethylene/alpha-olefin copolymers and articles thereof |
WO2012133717A1 (en) | 2011-03-30 | 2012-10-04 | 日本ポリエチレン株式会社 | Ethylene-based polymer, polyethylene resin composition and use thereof, catalyst ingredient for olefin polymerization, catalyst for olefin polymerization containing said ingredient, and process for producing ethylene-based polymer using said catalyst |
MX354789B (en) | 2011-07-08 | 2018-03-21 | Dow Global Technologies Llc | Polyethylene blend composition suitable for blown film, method of producing the same, and films made therefrom. |
CA2752407C (en) * | 2011-09-19 | 2018-12-04 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Polyethylene compositions and closures for bottles |
US8859094B2 (en) * | 2012-11-09 | 2014-10-14 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Combination of elastomeric film composition and adhesive for a stretch laminate |
CN106470838B (en) * | 2014-06-26 | 2019-05-17 | 陶氏环球技术有限责任公司 | Casting films with improved toughness |
CA2868640C (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2021-10-26 | Nova Chemicals Corporation | Solution polymerization process |
WO2016063205A2 (en) * | 2014-10-21 | 2016-04-28 | Nova Chemicals (International) S.A. | Dilution index |
EP3215749B1 (en) * | 2014-11-04 | 2019-10-02 | Inter IKEA Systems B.V. | Fastening device for a furniture panel |
KR102479999B1 (en) * | 2015-09-11 | 2022-12-22 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Package substrate |
-
2014
- 2014-10-21 CA CA2868640A patent/CA2868640C/en active Active
-
2015
- 2015-10-09 KR KR1020177013863A patent/KR102478107B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-09 BR BR112017008262-4A patent/BR112017008262B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-09 MX MX2017004283A patent/MX2017004283A/en unknown
- 2015-10-09 WO PCT/IB2015/057749 patent/WO2016063164A2/en active Application Filing
- 2015-10-09 ES ES15784481T patent/ES2954858T3/en active Active
- 2015-10-09 EP EP15784481.2A patent/EP3209720B1/en active Active
- 2015-10-09 JP JP2017521499A patent/JP6571768B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-09 CN CN201580057024.3A patent/CN107075026B/en active Active
- 2015-10-19 MX MX2017004284A patent/MX2017004284A/en unknown
- 2015-10-19 JP JP2017521501A patent/JP6559234B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-19 KR KR1020177013695A patent/KR102433498B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-19 BR BR112017008229-2A patent/BR112017008229B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-19 CN CN201580056967.4A patent/CN107074995B/en active Active
- 2015-10-19 KR KR1020227024698A patent/KR102525155B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-19 BR BR112017008287-0A patent/BR112017008287B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-19 ES ES15787025T patent/ES2894954T3/en active Active
- 2015-10-19 MX MX2017004881A patent/MX2017004881A/en unknown
- 2015-10-19 CA CA2962281A patent/CA2962281C/en active Active
- 2015-10-19 CA CA2962113A patent/CA2962113C/en active Active
- 2015-10-19 CN CN201580056957.0A patent/CN107075025B/en active Active
- 2015-10-19 JP JP2017521502A patent/JP2017531725A/en active Pending
- 2015-10-19 KR KR1020177013862A patent/KR102504603B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2015-10-20 CA CA2909096A patent/CA2909096C/en active Active
- 2015-10-20 CA CA2909116A patent/CA2909116A1/en active Pending
- 2015-10-20 CA CA2909093A patent/CA2909093C/en active Active
- 2015-10-20 CA CA2909110A patent/CA2909110A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2015-10-20 TW TW104134433A patent/TW201629104A/en unknown
- 2015-10-20 TW TW104134435A patent/TW201630943A/en unknown
- 2015-10-21 US US14/919,119 patent/US9505893B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-21 US US14/918,890 patent/US9512282B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-21 US US14/919,051 patent/US9518159B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-21 US US14/918,719 patent/US10000630B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-21 US US14/918,686 patent/US10626256B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-21 US US14/918,758 patent/US9505892B2/en active Active
- 2015-10-21 TW TW104134582A patent/TW201627378A/en unknown
-
2016
- 2016-04-06 US US15/091,810 patent/US9695309B2/en active Active
- 2016-04-21 US US15/134,654 patent/US10023729B2/en active Active
- 2016-10-19 US US15/297,370 patent/US10023730B2/en active Active
- 2016-10-20 US US15/298,621 patent/US10053564B2/en active Active
- 2016-10-24 US US15/332,202 patent/US10035906B2/en active Active
- 2016-10-27 US US15/335,485 patent/US10040928B2/en active Active
- 2016-11-02 US US15/341,386 patent/US10053565B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-03-05 US US15/911,259 patent/US11078351B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-03-01 JP JP2019037288A patent/JP6813610B2/en active Active
- 2019-04-16 US US16/385,211 patent/US10954365B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-01-24 US US16/751,328 patent/US11142634B2/en active Active
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US10954365B2 (en) | Dilution index | |
US10577491B2 (en) | Dilution index | |
EP3209721B1 (en) | Continuous solution polymerization process | |
WO2018193375A1 (en) | Means for increasing the molecular weight and decreasing the density of ethylene interpolymers employing homogeneous and heterogeneous catalyst formulations |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: NOVA CHEMICALS (INTERNATIONAL) S.A., SWITZERLAND Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MOLLOY, BRIAN;GOYAL, SHIVENDRA;SALOMONS, STEPHEN;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190228 TO 20190304;REEL/FRAME:048893/0724 |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: PETITION RELATED TO MAINTENANCE FEES GRANTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: PTGR); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS |
|
STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 4 |